Volume 29, Empires and Science, Fall 2009 - Community College ...
Volume 29, Empires and Science, Fall 2009 - Community College ...
Volume 29, Empires and Science, Fall 2009 - Community College ...
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
COMMUNITY COLLEGE<br />
HUMANITIES REVIEW<br />
<strong>Volume</strong> <strong>29</strong> SPECIAL ISSUE <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong><br />
EMPIRES AND SCIENCE<br />
Papers from a workshop sponsored by<br />
The Hill Center for World Studies<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Association<br />
funded by<br />
The National <strong>Science</strong> Foundation<br />
Edited by<br />
Lou Ratté, Program Director<br />
Ned M. Wilson, CCHR Editor
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Association<br />
The <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Association is a nonprofit national<br />
organization devoted to promoting the teaching <strong>and</strong> learning of the<br />
humanities in two-year colleges.<br />
Members at Large:<br />
David A. Berry, Chair<br />
Essex County <strong>College</strong><br />
Newark, New Jersey<br />
Board of Directors<br />
Constance Carroll, Chancellor<br />
San Diego <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> District<br />
San Diego, California<br />
Sean Faneli, President<br />
Nassau <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Garden City, New York<br />
Carl Hite, President<br />
Clevel<strong>and</strong> State <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Clevel<strong>and</strong>, Tennessee<br />
Stephen Mittelstet, President<br />
Richl<strong>and</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Dallas, Texas<br />
Mick Starcevich, President<br />
Kirkwood <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Cedar Rapids, Iowa<br />
Division Presidents:<br />
Central Division:<br />
Frank Edler<br />
Metropolitan <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Omaha, Nebraska<br />
Eastern Division:<br />
Patricia Barnes<br />
Delaware County <strong>Community</strong><br />
<strong>College</strong><br />
Media, Pennsylvania<br />
Pacific Western Division:<br />
Jane Zunkel<br />
Portl<strong>and</strong> <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Portl<strong>and</strong>, Oregon<br />
Southern Division:<br />
Beverly Blois<br />
Northern Virginia <strong>Community</strong><br />
<strong>College</strong><br />
Sterling, Virginia<br />
Southwestern Division:<br />
Timothy Hoare<br />
A. Zachary Yamba (ex officio), President Johnson County <strong>Community</strong><br />
Essex County <strong>College</strong><br />
Newark, New Jersey<br />
<strong>College</strong><br />
Overl<strong>and</strong> Park, Kansas<br />
CCHA NATIONAL OFFICE<br />
c/o Essex County <strong>College</strong><br />
303 University Avenue<br />
Newark, New Jersey 07102<br />
Executive Director: David A. Berry<br />
Office Manager: Daphne Frazier<br />
973-877-3577<br />
973-877-3578(fax)<br />
www.ccha-assoc.org
The <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review ISSN 0748-0741 is published<br />
annually by the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Association. Its purpose<br />
is to offer a forum for scholarly work by members of the CCHA, which<br />
will provide readers with articles addressing issues of research,<br />
curriculum change, <strong>and</strong> developments within the humanities disciplines.<br />
By this means, the CCHR contributes to the growth <strong>and</strong> development of<br />
the community of humanities scholars nationally.<br />
Manuscripts for the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review are welcome.<br />
Submissions should focus on issues consistent with the purposes of the<br />
journal <strong>and</strong> should be submitted to the Editor, Ned M. Wilson, by email or<br />
mail:<br />
CCHA NATIONAL OFFICE:<br />
c/o Essex County <strong>College</strong><br />
303 University Avenue<br />
Newark, New Jersey 07102<br />
nwilson@ccha-assoc.org<br />
Publisher<br />
CCHA wishes to acknowledge<br />
the support of Essex County<br />
<strong>College</strong>, Newark, NJ <strong>and</strong><br />
Richl<strong>and</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Dallas,<br />
Texas.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Association<br />
National Office<br />
c/o Essex County <strong>College</strong><br />
303 University Avenue<br />
Newark, New Jersey 07102<br />
Executive Director, David A. Berry<br />
Office Manager: Daphne Frazier<br />
973-877-3577<br />
973-877-3578 (fax)<br />
www.ccha-assoc.org<br />
i
About the cover:<br />
An illustration by Isabella Sinclair in Mrs. Francis Isabella Sinclair,<br />
Indigenous Flowers of the Hawaiian Isl<strong>and</strong>s<br />
(London 1885)<br />
©Copyright <strong>2009</strong><br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Association<br />
ISSN 0748-0741<br />
ii
COMMUNITY COLLEGE HUMANITIES REVIEW<br />
<strong>Volume</strong> <strong>29</strong> SPECIAL ISSUE <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong><br />
EDITORIAL BOARD<br />
Editor: Ned M. Wilson, Ph.D.<br />
nwilson@ccha-assoc.org<br />
Central Division<br />
Richard Kalfus, Ph.D.<br />
St. Louis <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Kirkwood, MO 63122<br />
Robert Sessions, Ph.D.<br />
Kirkwood <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 54206<br />
Raymond Smith Pfeiffer, Ph.D.<br />
Delta <strong>College</strong><br />
University Center, MI 48710<br />
Eastern Division<br />
Scott Ash, Ph.D.<br />
Nassau <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Garden City, NY 11530-6793<br />
Emily S. Tai, Ph.D.<br />
Queensborough <strong>Community</strong><br />
<strong>College</strong>, CUNY<br />
Bayside, New York 11364-1497<br />
George L. Scheper, Ph.D.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> of Baltimore<br />
County—Essex<br />
Baltimore, Maryl<strong>and</strong><br />
Pacific Western<br />
Jeffrey Clausen<br />
Green River <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Bonney Lake, WA 98391<br />
Donald J. Foran, Ph.D.<br />
Centralia <strong>College</strong><br />
Olympia, WA 352 5733<br />
Southern Division<br />
Ted Wadley<br />
Georgia Perimeter <strong>College</strong>,<br />
Decatur Campus<br />
Decatur, Georgia 30034<br />
Southwestern Division<br />
Rebecca Li Balc´arcel<br />
Tarrant County <strong>College</strong>—<br />
Northeast Campus<br />
Hurst, TX 76054,<br />
Jane Engl<strong>and</strong><br />
North Central Texas <strong>College</strong><br />
Gainesville, TX 76240-4699<br />
Frank Perez<br />
Tarrant County <strong>College</strong><br />
Hurst, TX 76054-3<strong>29</strong>9<br />
iii
COMMUNITY COLLEGE HUMANITIES REVIEW<br />
<strong>Volume</strong> <strong>29</strong> EMPIRES AND SCIENCE <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong><br />
<strong>Empires</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong><br />
Guest Editor <strong>and</strong> Seminar Director<br />
Lou Ratté<br />
Ned M. Wilson, Editor CCHR<br />
Essays by participants in the <strong>Empires</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong> Workshop<br />
sponsored by the<br />
Hill Center for World Studies<br />
<strong>and</strong> the<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Association<br />
funded by contributions from the<br />
Department of History, Brown University<br />
<strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> Technology Studies Program, Brown University<br />
Watson Institute for Inter-National Studies, Brown University<br />
John Carter Brown Library, Brown University<br />
Department of Africana Studies <strong>and</strong> History, Brown University<br />
Cogut Center for the Humanities, Brown University<br />
Jukowsky Family Foundation<br />
Generous Donors to The Hill Center for World Studies<br />
<strong>and</strong> the<br />
National <strong>Science</strong> Foundation<br />
David A. Berry<br />
Executive Director<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Association<br />
iv
COMMUNITY COLLEGE HUMANITIES REVIEW<br />
<strong>Volume</strong> <strong>29</strong> EMPIRES AND SCIENCE <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong><br />
Table of Contents<br />
Introduction 1<br />
Lou Ratté, Project Director<br />
<strong>Science</strong> as Imperial Bio-Power: Taxonomy <strong>and</strong> Toxicology<br />
in Indian Colonial Encounter 9<br />
David Arnold<br />
Implementation Project 19<br />
Thomas Mazurek<br />
The Golden Age of Islam: Course Module 23<br />
Jayne Yantz<br />
The Spanish American Empire: Nature <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Emergence of Empiricism in the Sixteenth Century<br />
Atlantic World 30<br />
Antonio Barrera<br />
Teaching the Latin American Survey 37<br />
William Paquette<br />
Who is Responsible for the Limits of Jesuit Scientific<br />
<strong>and</strong> Technical Transmission from Europe to China<br />
in the Eighteenth Century? 55<br />
Benjamin Elman<br />
Polynesian Technologies in Oceanic Voyaging<br />
<strong>and</strong> Navigation 57<br />
Douglas Rosentratter<br />
Discovering Oceania: Accessing Art to Make<br />
Connections <strong>and</strong> Create Context 63<br />
Lynn Dole<br />
v
Underst<strong>and</strong>ing “Pacific Epistemology” as a New Knowledge<br />
System 71<br />
John Ratté<br />
The Flea <strong>and</strong> the Hairy-Nosed Armadillo: Darwin,<br />
Collecting, <strong>and</strong> Colonial Networking in the Pacific 78<br />
Lou Ratté<br />
Simulated Travel: Cultural Theme Parks, Hyperreality,<br />
<strong>and</strong> Reality 89<br />
Terri Hasseler<br />
Water, Water Everywhere 100<br />
James Dutcher<br />
Bibliography for the Study of <strong>Empires</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong> 121<br />
Workshop Presenters <strong>and</strong> Lou Ratté<br />
Contributors to this Issue 130<br />
vi
Introduction<br />
Lou Ratté<br />
The Workshop<br />
The Hill Center for World Studies, a teacher-scholar collaborative run by<br />
two independent historians, Lou <strong>and</strong> John Ratté, in consultation with<br />
Professor Nancy Jacobs, historian at Brown University, <strong>and</strong> Professor<br />
David Berry, Director of the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Association,<br />
submitted a grant to the National <strong>Science</strong> Foundation in 2007. We<br />
submitted under the NSF’s heading History <strong>and</strong> Philosophy of <strong>Science</strong>,<br />
Engineering, <strong>and</strong> Technology. We received the grant, which helped to<br />
fund a three-day workshop at Brown University in March 2008.<br />
Additional funders for the workshop were the Department of History, the<br />
<strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> Technology Studies Program, the Watson Institute for<br />
International Studies, the John Carter Brown Library, the Department of<br />
Africana Studies <strong>and</strong> History, <strong>and</strong> the Cogut Center for the Humanities,<br />
all at Brown University; the Jukowsky Family Foundation; <strong>and</strong> generous<br />
donors to the Hill Center. The workshop was co-sponsored by the<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Association.<br />
The aim of the workshop was to introduce new scholarship in the<br />
history of science to two <strong>and</strong> four year college teachers <strong>and</strong> to encourage<br />
integration of the scholarly materials into survey courses in world history<br />
<strong>and</strong> world studies. The stellar group of scholars we assembled for the<br />
workshop brought their expertise in Arabic Studies (George Saliba,<br />
Columbia University), Chinese Studies (Benjamin Elman, Princeton<br />
University, <strong>and</strong> Fa-ti Fa, Suny Binghamton), Latin American Studies,<br />
(Antonio Barrera, Colgate University), the history of India (David Arnold,<br />
Warwick University), African Colonial History (Nancy Jacobs, Brown<br />
University), <strong>and</strong> the history of the Pacific (Damon Salesa, University of<br />
Michigan, <strong>and</strong> Matt Matsuda, Rutgers University) to bear on issues of<br />
how we can underst<strong>and</strong> the history of science in global perspective today.<br />
NSF granting guidelines in our category pertinently ask how is scientific<br />
knowledge produced <strong>and</strong> what are its effects? What choices influence<br />
knowledge production? How did science develop in the past? How was<br />
scientific knowledge transmitted <strong>and</strong> received? What does it mean to be a<br />
scientist in a particular place <strong>and</strong> time? These <strong>and</strong> other questions that<br />
arose during <strong>and</strong> after the workshop inform the following collection of<br />
papers.<br />
New Directions in the History of <strong>Science</strong><br />
Once a separate discipline, focused on the narrative of great discoveries<br />
<strong>and</strong> heroic European discoverers, the history of science is now practiced<br />
by humanities <strong>and</strong> social science scholars with quite different interests <strong>and</strong><br />
research specialties. Recognizing that modern science in the West has<br />
grown out of practices begun in the Renaissance when Europeans first<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
2 Lou Ratté<br />
learned that the world was bigger than they had imagined, these scholars,<br />
working with global consciousness, now regularly ask questions about<br />
how knowledge of the natural world has been gathered <strong>and</strong> organized, by<br />
whom, <strong>and</strong> for what purpose; how that knowledge, once formulated,<br />
circulates, <strong>and</strong> by <strong>and</strong> for whom; how such knowledge gains authority;<br />
<strong>and</strong> how knowledge systems from one part of the world differ from <strong>and</strong><br />
are similar to knowledge systems from other parts of the world. Scholars<br />
are asking about the role that governments play in connection with<br />
scientific knowledge, about the role that power <strong>and</strong> the exercise of power<br />
have played when two knowledge systems are competing, <strong>and</strong> about why<br />
some knowledge systems seem to have disappeared only to reappear again<br />
in different historical circumstances. What have been the effects of<br />
European colonial expansion on the development of scientific knowledge?<br />
What role do native informants play in making scientific knowledge <strong>and</strong><br />
why is their role in knowledge production often neglected?<br />
Do scientists care about any of these new directions in the history of<br />
science? Perhaps not, but as historian of science Paula Findlen has<br />
remarked, doing the history of science is the work of historians, not<br />
scientists. Findlen has described some of the changes she has observed in<br />
the work of her colleagues. Having ab<strong>and</strong>oned the Eurocentric narrative,<br />
with its trajectory from Newton to Einstein, historians of science adopt<br />
approaches more in tune with contemporary historical practice.<br />
Intellectual history, focusing on great men <strong>and</strong> their great ideas, is out. In<br />
its place are the multidisciplinary approaches we label social <strong>and</strong> cultural<br />
history. Instead of ideas, scholars pay attention to the social, cultural <strong>and</strong><br />
economic contexts in which scientific work was practiced; the<br />
contributions of artisans to the emergence of modern science; the many<br />
ways in which ordinary people, or subalterns, aid in making the work of<br />
specialists possible; the history of how authority is established in science;<br />
<strong>and</strong> how the products of scientific inquiry become represented <strong>and</strong><br />
institutionalized.<br />
Findlen notes that in order to follow out this more complex research<br />
agenda, historians of science have been producing almost unmanageable<br />
numbers of microstudies rather than making contributions to a general<br />
narrative. Much of this work, however, is still European focused. Imagine<br />
the scope of the problem when we inquire into the global history of<br />
science.<br />
It may be that it is simply too early to ask how new scholarship in a<br />
very complex field can be worked into our general historical vision,<br />
especially since as yet we seem to have no clear directive from historians<br />
of science about how to proceed. On the other h<strong>and</strong>, if we waited until<br />
specialists turned their attention to the needs of generalists <strong>and</strong> the<br />
undergraduate students they teach, we might be waiting a very long time.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Introduction 3<br />
Some Cautionary Suggestions from Workshop Presenters<br />
For a full list of readings provided by the Brown workshop presenters,<br />
please consult the Bibliography, included as one of our selections. Here I<br />
wish to call attention to two points raised in the workshop on which our<br />
scholars agreed.<br />
(1) The Eurocentric narrative In general, those of us who are not<br />
specialists know little of the history of science as presented in new<br />
scholarship today, not because we are ignorant of the history of science,<br />
but because what we do know, <strong>and</strong> have been taught, is now under<br />
question. Arabic scholar George Saliba presented the most memorable<br />
example of this condition. Saliba chided workshop participants for<br />
holding onto what he calls the “refrigerator theory” of scientific<br />
transmission across linguistic <strong>and</strong> cultural borders. He asks: How did<br />
scientific knowledge of the ancient world reach the intellectual<br />
community of the Italian Renaissance? That is the kind of question to<br />
which even the proverbial school child knows the answer: the Arabs<br />
preserved Greek learning by translating great Greek <strong>and</strong> Latin works into<br />
Arabic; once Europeans emerged from the slumber of the Dark Ages <strong>and</strong><br />
learned how to translate, all they had to do was open the Arabic door to<br />
ancient Greek learning. This, says Saliba, constitutes the “classical<br />
narrative” of the development of early modern science.<br />
There are two problems with the classical, or refrigerator, theory, says<br />
Saliba: (a.) is it plausible to assume that one group of language users<br />
would be able to translate complex learning in another language into their<br />
own if they did not know what the subject being translated was about?<br />
And (b.) since there is evidence to show that Arabic mathematicians made<br />
corrections in the work of Greek <strong>and</strong> Roman mathematicians, shouldn’t<br />
we admit that non-European scientists, working outside Europe, made<br />
major advances in knowledge on their own?<br />
A second example of an historiographical tradition that favors<br />
Western Europe <strong>and</strong> especially Engl<strong>and</strong> at the expense of other places of<br />
scientific knowledge production is in the work of Latin American<br />
historian Antonio Barrera. Recall a once popular version of the European<br />
narrative survey: Spain led the countries of Western Europe in the 15 th<br />
<strong>and</strong> 16 th centuries in the development of navigation <strong>and</strong> navigational<br />
technology; as a consequence of that skill, Spain inaugurated the age of<br />
European expansion. Once silver was discovered in the New World,<br />
Spain emerged as the wealthiest nation in Europe. Spain’s ability to<br />
maintain its lead among European nations was hampered, however, by<br />
two institutional h<strong>and</strong>icaps: the decadent <strong>and</strong> extravagant Spanish court,<br />
<strong>and</strong> the adherence in spite of the Reformation to Roman Catholicism. The<br />
narrative of Spain’s decline <strong>and</strong> the “Black Legend” of its merciless<br />
treatment of non-Catholics are criticized today as tropes invented by the<br />
emerging <strong>and</strong> newly sea-worthy <strong>and</strong> imperially competitive British <strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
4 Lou Ratté<br />
French states. The popularized view of Spain was as a state that tried but<br />
failed to enter the modern age.<br />
Once the historical myths of Spanish incompetence are swept away it<br />
is possible to look afresh with Barrera at what 16 th century Spanish, in the<br />
colonies <strong>and</strong> at home, actually did do, <strong>and</strong> who knew about these Spanish<br />
accomplishments. 16 th <strong>and</strong> 17 th century Spanish rulers <strong>and</strong> colonial<br />
administrators invented sophisticated methods of information gathering,<br />
training, <strong>and</strong> licensing, which together make up institutionalization, or<br />
what Barrera calls the “early scientific revolution. Other European<br />
intellectuals eagerly devoured whatever reached the wider European<br />
audience from Spain through publication in Latin. Dutch, French <strong>and</strong><br />
British travelers, government official <strong>and</strong> colonial administrators<br />
incorporated Spanish information <strong>and</strong> information technologies into their<br />
own science practice as they extended their colonial reach. Only later was<br />
Span written out of the narrative of European progress.<br />
(2) If careful observation of natural phenomena characterized the first<br />
stages in the development of modern global science, we need to remember<br />
that the 18 th century was the age of classification. For underst<strong>and</strong>ing how<br />
it came to be that the work of some was regarded as more significant than<br />
the work of others, we need to remember that along with Linnaeus <strong>and</strong> his<br />
system for organizing plant life were those who classified human beings<br />
into racial categories, ranking some above others. Did heroic Europeans<br />
actually march across vast expanses of the world <strong>and</strong> hack their way<br />
single-h<strong>and</strong>edly through tropical jungles collecting insects <strong>and</strong> animals<br />
that local people had either not noticed or paid little attention to? Or were<br />
they at every step of the way guided <strong>and</strong> helped by local people who made<br />
their journeys <strong>and</strong> their work possible? Historian of Colonial Africa<br />
Nancy Jacobs has explored the role of the native informant in great detail<br />
in her scholarly work, helping her readers to formulate questions about the<br />
role of racism <strong>and</strong> race science in the elimination of the native informant<br />
from the annals of Nineteenth Century science. David Arnold has shown<br />
how British colonial officials <strong>and</strong> medical personnel were dependent on<br />
Indian helpers, especially in locating <strong>and</strong> identifying natural history<br />
specimens <strong>and</strong> making illustrations. When it came to publishing, though,<br />
native helpers disappeared from the texts. Historian of China, Fa-ti Fan,<br />
studies the making of botanical knowledge among British botanists <strong>and</strong><br />
Chinese horticulturalists <strong>and</strong> collectors in Nineteenth Century Canton. In<br />
the first half of the Nineteenth Century British naturalists were confined<br />
by the Chinese to the coastal region around Canton, <strong>and</strong> hence completely<br />
dependent on the good will of Chinese botanists for the specimens people<br />
like Joseph Hooker at Kew Gardens in London were urging them to<br />
acquire <strong>and</strong> send on. Even so, Chinese are not named when the scientific<br />
materials are published. In scientific circles <strong>and</strong> popular culture, only<br />
Europeans had <strong>and</strong> were capable of having “science.”<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Introduction 5<br />
Workshop Papers<br />
The people who have the power get to make the knowledge. This<br />
statement, in vastly oversimplified form, was the great insight of French<br />
philosopher Michel Foucault. Though Foucault himself only studied<br />
Western Europe, his views on the nature of power <strong>and</strong> the relationship<br />
between power <strong>and</strong> knowledge have been widely applied by scholars in<br />
several fields, including those who study areas outside Western Europe<br />
<strong>and</strong> the U.S.<br />
In his paper for this collection, historian of India David Arnold, a<br />
pioneer in introducing the study of science into the study of the British<br />
Empire in India, uses Foucault’s notions of power <strong>and</strong> knowledge to write<br />
about botany in British India. Arnold coins the term “bio-power,” or the<br />
more witty “flower power” to talk about some of the ways the British in<br />
India used information they acquired about plants in India to exercise<br />
colonial control. Information about plants was useful economically,<br />
medicinally, <strong>and</strong> culturally, says Arnold. Once the British had alienated<br />
large segments of Indian l<strong>and</strong>, knowing about plant productivity was<br />
useful for levying taxes <strong>and</strong> organizing agricultural <strong>and</strong> forest production<br />
for export; knowing about medicinal plants was useful in building the<br />
large Medical Service in which the British in India took great pride; <strong>and</strong><br />
knowing about plants, even if the information was later proven wrong,<br />
was useful in representing India <strong>and</strong> Indians to the British back home as<br />
inferior to themselves. Botany, in this sense, was a useful tool for<br />
legitimizing empire to the anti-imperialists in Engl<strong>and</strong>. British botanists<br />
acquired information about plants in India from Indians with practical<br />
knowledge, says Arnold: they hardly consulted the large body of Sanskrit,<br />
Persian <strong>and</strong> Arabic textual knowledge on plants. Distinguishing<br />
themselves because of their reliance on the classification systems of<br />
Linnaeus <strong>and</strong> Jussieux, from those Indians with practical knowledge <strong>and</strong><br />
no system, or as Arnold summarizes, no science, the British in his view<br />
appropriated what they learned about Indian plants into European<br />
knowledge systems, contributing to the view of European sense of<br />
superiority.<br />
Arnold’s essay provides a model for how the history of science can<br />
be integrated into history, but it is not an easy model to follow. As an<br />
historian of colonial India, Arnold is able to place us in the complex world<br />
where British colonials have work to do in India but their eyes are on<br />
Britain, where they have to gain recognition if they are to advance their<br />
careers <strong>and</strong> where the empire itself has to be accepted as a legitimate<br />
expense. Indians themselves linger in the margins of Arnold’s essay, but a<br />
reader who can make use of the place markers he gives about the East<br />
India Company, the practice of thugee, <strong>and</strong> the founding of the Calcutta<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
6 Lou Ratté<br />
Botanical Garden will have a richer reading experience than one who<br />
cannot.<br />
Teachers attempting to integrate history of science materials into<br />
general historical survey courses have to deal with people, places <strong>and</strong><br />
events outside their area of expertise, <strong>and</strong> building a context that squarely<br />
locates the subject in time <strong>and</strong> place may be difficult. Several papers have<br />
made attempts to suggest how such work might be done.<br />
In his “Implementation Project” for the <strong>Empires</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong><br />
workshop, Thomas Mazurek proposes an approach that sets the usual<br />
textbook presentation of the rise of science in the West against<br />
possibilities presented by Islamic scholar George Saliba at the Brown<br />
University workshop. Mazurek, dealing with the survey format <strong>and</strong><br />
developing his own pod casts, proposes that students first become familiar<br />
with the Eurocentric narrative of Western science <strong>and</strong> then listen to a<br />
second pod cast in which he will use materials presented or suggested by<br />
Saliba to introduce sources relating to the impact of Arabic science on the<br />
development of European science. In a homework assignment, students<br />
are required to analyze the two accounts <strong>and</strong> describe how they differ.<br />
Like Mazurek, Jayne Yantz deals with materials presented by George<br />
Saliba in the workshop. Yantz’ focuses on the Abbasid Empire (750-<br />
1258), also called the “Golden Age of Islam,” <strong>and</strong> she is attentive to the<br />
needs of students <strong>and</strong> teachers who may know little about the Islamic<br />
world during this time period. She is well aware that even if today’s<br />
students know little Islamic history, many of them have taken in the<br />
stereotypes that circulate in popular culture since 9/11. Her aim is to<br />
challenge those stereotypes indirectly by providing an extensive summary<br />
of Muslim achievements in economy, technology, geography, astronomy,<br />
medicine, <strong>and</strong> the arts during the Golden Age.<br />
Antonio Barrera takes us through the stages of information gathering<br />
that made it possible for the Spanish to maintain a long distance empire.<br />
The state, through its governing institutions, began the systematic<br />
collection of information that enables the production of charts <strong>and</strong> training<br />
for pilots, facilitating safe travel from Spain to the American colonies <strong>and</strong><br />
back again. Humanists were charged with responsibility for collecting<br />
knowledge of all aspects of the natural world. Many worked with <strong>and</strong><br />
independent of the state to development ways to gather reliable<br />
information, <strong>and</strong> one of the most dependable means was the<br />
questionnaire, a fixture in information-gathering techniques from then on<br />
in the natural <strong>and</strong> social sciences. The actors in Barrera’s analytic<br />
narrative are officials in Spain, who realize the depth of ignorance about<br />
these new possessions <strong>and</strong> the need for accurate information, hundreds of<br />
explorers, colonial officials, <strong>and</strong> helpers who gather the information, <strong>and</strong> a<br />
h<strong>and</strong>ful of scholars who synthesize the information <strong>and</strong> publish it in a<br />
form that can be used by others. The genius of the Spanish system, says<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Introduction 7<br />
Barrera, was to develop questionnaires that could be sent through the<br />
imperial network to every part of the empire with instructions to gather<br />
information on all manner of things having to do with the natural <strong>and</strong><br />
social world.<br />
Like Arnold, Barrera is a specialist in the study of the area he is<br />
writing about. How can his material be integrated into survey courses?<br />
William Paquette provides a full syllabus for a Latin American<br />
history course in which students are encouraged to conduct research on a<br />
range of topics including Maya, Aztec, <strong>and</strong> Inca scientific <strong>and</strong><br />
mathematical systems; geography <strong>and</strong> plant life in the Spanish colonies;<br />
<strong>and</strong> Spanish navigational knowledge, as part of their survey. The value of<br />
this general approach, with its focus on pre-Columbian America, lies in<br />
Paquette’s announcement to students through the syllabus that people<br />
other than Europeans had the kinds of disciplined inquiry that we have<br />
come to call “science.” In ways such as these, students will be prepared to<br />
question why <strong>and</strong> under what conditions earlier scholars have claimed that<br />
science spread from the West to the rest of the world.<br />
Workshop presenter Benjamin Elman provides an outline of his<br />
workshop presentation for inclusion here. His contribution shows the<br />
benefit of the good question: why didn’t the Chinese learn about Newton<br />
<strong>and</strong> mathematical reasoning until after the Opium War? From the outline<br />
we are led to assume that there must have been opportunities for the<br />
Chinese to learn about the state of European mathematics <strong>and</strong> Newton’s<br />
advances before they actually did. Elman hints in that the older history of<br />
science narrative held the Qing state responsible for scientific<br />
backwardness. He suggests that the historical context is a good deal richer<br />
than Qing backwardness implies, <strong>and</strong> we would do well to look for deeper<br />
levels of historical complexity.<br />
Three workshop participants responded directly to the opportunity to<br />
explore workshop related questions by concentrating on the Pacific<br />
region, <strong>and</strong> workshop planners are proud to have made this important area<br />
of scholarly research available for further study here. Douglas<br />
Rosentratter contributes a class project on Pacific navigation, which<br />
introduces students to the two themes of expert knowledge independent of<br />
the West, <strong>and</strong> the historical silencing of that knowledge in the Western<br />
history of science narrative. After noting how students can learn about<br />
Pacific navigational skills in the pre-contact period, <strong>and</strong> how Isl<strong>and</strong>ers<br />
themselves have rediscovered these traditions during the 1970s,<br />
Rosentratter reminds readers that Europeans assumed the peoples who<br />
settled the Pacific must have drifted there by accident. Only with Europe’s<br />
own Prince Henry does it become possible from the European perspective<br />
to sail to a planned destination. Two additional papers suggest ways to<br />
introduce the Pacific <strong>and</strong> to engage with issues of contemporary interest to<br />
Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong>ers.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
8 Lou Ratté<br />
Lynn Dole, in a carefully thought out class module, takes a long, hard<br />
look at where students (<strong>and</strong> their teachers) who know nothing about the<br />
Pacific might begin to study this region. The module introduces art <strong>and</strong><br />
museum related web sites, critical sources for using visual materials, <strong>and</strong> a<br />
selection of other readings to steer students toward ways of underst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />
the Pacific region today. John Ratté takes up the important question of<br />
choice in postcolonial situations when different knowledge systems<br />
coexist <strong>and</strong> perhaps compete. Ratté’s focus is on how Pacific intellectuals<br />
are dealing with these <strong>and</strong> related issues, how such issues are played out<br />
in the lives of ordinary people in the isl<strong>and</strong>s, <strong>and</strong> how educators respond<br />
to the dem<strong>and</strong>s awareness of these issues pose<br />
Our last three selections include two essays <strong>and</strong> a class syllabus. Lou<br />
Ratté’s essay suggests possibilities for starting with something that<br />
catches one’s attention, in this case a flea supposedly collected by Charles<br />
Darwin in 1832, <strong>and</strong> using it to imaginatively explore some of the themes<br />
in history of science. Terri Hasseler’s essay introduces today’s global<br />
traveler, the tourist, to hint at some of the ways that misrepresentation of<br />
places, too easily assumed to be a colonial practice, continues today.<br />
Hasseler takes us to popular tourist sites, Big Ben in London, THE MOST<br />
PHOTOGRAPHED BARN IN AMERICA, <strong>and</strong> the Polynesian Cultural<br />
Center on Oahu, to look closely at some of the things we are not supposed<br />
to see. She provides a critical vocabulary that facilitates analysis.<br />
James Dutcher, an English professor, has provided a syllabus for a<br />
class he teaches with a chemistry professor, on the subject of water. A<br />
student who enters Dutcher’s “learning community” can expect to emerge<br />
at the end with a much more complicated view of water than she or he<br />
brought to the class. That student will have heard water represented in<br />
music, discovered water’s role in literature, analyzed water in the<br />
laboratory, contemplated water’s role in religion, <strong>and</strong> worried over global<br />
water battles today. The syllabus is designed to encourage critical<br />
thinking, <strong>and</strong> it does so by bringing together an array of literary,<br />
philosophical, scientific <strong>and</strong> political position papers to help students<br />
appreciate the ubiquity <strong>and</strong> necessity of water while leading them to take<br />
responsibility for taking care of this invaluable natural resource.<br />
The final contribution to the collection is the bibliography prepared<br />
for the Brown University workshop. It includes the readings assigned by<br />
the workshop presenters <strong>and</strong> additional materials in the history of science,<br />
including Pacific Studies references.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
<strong>Science</strong> as Imperial Bio-Power<br />
Taxonomy <strong>and</strong> Toxicology in India’s Colonial Encounter<br />
David Arnold<br />
When the French philosopher (<strong>and</strong> part-time historian) Michel Foucault<br />
wrote about “bio-power” he had in mind the ways in which, in a modern<br />
society, the human body was managed <strong>and</strong> controlled or brought under<br />
various forms of self-discipline. For Foucault “power” <strong>and</strong> “knowledge”<br />
were intimately connected but also indicative of the manner in which, in a<br />
modern society, power is diffused <strong>and</strong> not simply concentrated in the state<br />
<strong>and</strong> its immediate agencies.<br />
In this paper I want to employ the term “bio-power” somewhat<br />
differently—to talk about the “bio-power” of plants rather than that of<br />
bodies, but I still want to utilize some of the ideas that informed<br />
Foucault’s approach. I want to consider how a knowledge <strong>and</strong> use of<br />
plants—“flower power” if you need a catchy phrase—formed part of a<br />
modern regime of power, not in the France or Europe of Foucault’s<br />
analysis but half a world away in the increasingly colonized society of<br />
19 th century British India. How <strong>and</strong> why did plants contribute to the power<br />
that the British increasingly exercised over their colonial subjects or over<br />
the l<strong>and</strong>scape <strong>and</strong> physical environment they aspired to dominate?<br />
Foucault has little to say on Europe’s colonies, but was colonial India a<br />
“modern society” <strong>and</strong> was there something particularly significant about<br />
the way in which plant knowledge was accumulated <strong>and</strong> deployed? And<br />
how far was this not only a British (“colonial”) exercise of knowledge <strong>and</strong><br />
power but also an Indian (or “indigenous”) one in ways that affect how we<br />
think more generally about the nature of India’s colonial encounter?<br />
Given the vastness of this topic, my answers will need to be rather<br />
schematic, but I hope nonetheless suggestive.<br />
The Utility of Plant Knowledge<br />
Why was a knowledge of plants so important to the British as the<br />
incoming colonial power in India from the late 18 th century onwards? I<br />
see at least two kinds of answer to this question. The first relates to<br />
practical knowledge <strong>and</strong> the utility of “useful” plants.<br />
British power in India was established in the first instance through the<br />
English East India Company, which had been trading with India from the<br />
start of the 17 th century <strong>and</strong> which, by the late 18 th century, had very<br />
extensive commercial interests in India. As, by warfare <strong>and</strong> diplomacy,<br />
the Company gained territorial control over large parts of India between<br />
the 1750s <strong>and</strong> 1820s, so its economic interests exp<strong>and</strong>ed from trade to<br />
l<strong>and</strong> taxation <strong>and</strong> an interest in increasing the productivity of first peasant<br />
agriculture <strong>and</strong> later a plantation economy. In this connection plant<br />
knowledge was primarily of importance because of its economic value<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
10 David Arnold<br />
<strong>and</strong> the potential botany offered for further developing the exploitation of<br />
“useful plants.”<br />
Until the 1820s India’s cotton textiles were a leading export<br />
commodity of the East India Company, <strong>and</strong> so its agents were eager to<br />
know more about the varieties of cotton plants that existed (<strong>and</strong> whether<br />
they could be “improved” to produce a better quality cotton) <strong>and</strong> keen to<br />
know what kinds of plant dyes were used to give chintzes their rich <strong>and</strong><br />
vibrant colors. Until its demise in 1858 (when India passed into direct rule<br />
by the British Crown) the Company was interested in the various kinds of<br />
fibers, resins <strong>and</strong> gums the country produced (<strong>and</strong> which might be of<br />
industrial as well as commercial value), in the wealth of its timbers,<br />
especially the teak <strong>and</strong> other hardwoods that were valued for ship<br />
construction, the making of gun carriages <strong>and</strong> from the 1850s as railroad<br />
sleepers. In other words, economic botany gave the study of plants <strong>and</strong><br />
trees a privileged position among early colonial sciences: it was infinitely<br />
more “useful” than many others scientific fields (such as astronomy or<br />
chemistry).<br />
In consequence, the East India Company, through its Court of<br />
Directors in London, was prepared to allocate significant funds to pay the<br />
salaries of its botanical servants, for the collection <strong>and</strong> compilation of<br />
botanical information <strong>and</strong> the publication of often sumptuously illustrated<br />
botanical works in the belief that this was a worthwhile investment in the<br />
Company’s commercial prospects, but also in the belief that in making its<br />
Indian empire appear a scientific enterprise they would add to its<br />
international prestige <strong>and</strong> still the voice of those domestic critics who<br />
regarded it as excessively revenue-hungry <strong>and</strong> rapacious. Investing in<br />
science, in botanical science, seemed a profitable enterprise though not<br />
one the Company was prepared to bankroll indefinitely.<br />
Added to this, although the famine that devastated eastern India in<br />
1770 <strong>and</strong> cost millions of lives could be seen primarily as a result of<br />
British greed, it was taken by contemporaries as a sign that India was<br />
deficient in many life-sustaining staples <strong>and</strong> that new foodstuffs <strong>and</strong><br />
agricultural crops were needed to be introduced to prevent further food<br />
shortages <strong>and</strong> to make the economy more productive. With the founding<br />
in 1787 of a botanic garden at Calcutta (followed by similar botanical<br />
institutions in other regions <strong>and</strong> provinces) a policy was adopted of trying<br />
to develop India as a “tropical estate” where various plants, introduced<br />
from the Caribbean, Central <strong>and</strong> South America, from the Malay<br />
peninsula or elsewhere in Asia (such as cinnamon, or “improved”<br />
varieties of sugar <strong>and</strong> cotton), could be grown, enabling the Indian<br />
economy to flourish <strong>and</strong> British trade <strong>and</strong> industry to flourish. The<br />
diversity of India’s climate <strong>and</strong> its vegetation zones (especially once<br />
British rule was extended by the 1820s from the tropical plains to the<br />
temperate lower slopes of the Himalayas) encouraged the idea that India<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
<strong>Science</strong> as Imperial Bio-Power 11<br />
could produce almost any useful crop (tropical or temperate), <strong>and</strong> for a<br />
while attempts were made to introduce familiar British fruit trees <strong>and</strong><br />
vegetable crops to further add to the country’s natural diversity.<br />
But colonial commerce <strong>and</strong> agricultural “improvement” were not the<br />
only aspect to plant “utility.” The scale of mortality <strong>and</strong> morbidity among<br />
the British inhabitants of India, especially the white soldiers of the British<br />
<strong>and</strong> East India Company armies, <strong>and</strong> the eruption of devastating<br />
epidemics of cholera <strong>and</strong> malaria, also made the provision of medical<br />
relief a high state priority. From the botanical point of view, there was a<br />
double significance to this. From the 18 th century onwards the Company<br />
maintained a large European medical establishment in India, numbering<br />
several hundred men, most of them trained in medicine at British<br />
universities. The members of what in time became the Indian Medical<br />
Service (Indian in its location not in its personnel) constituted one of the<br />
largest scientific establishments to be found anywhere in the colonial<br />
world. Although they were primarily employed to minister to the health of<br />
British <strong>and</strong> Indian soldiers, many of these physicians (“surgeons” as they<br />
were called) served in a variety of scientific roles (as botanists, geologists,<br />
astronomers, meteorologists <strong>and</strong> ethnographers). Having been trained in<br />
botany as part of their medical education, many of them developed a<br />
passion for plants, <strong>and</strong>, as I have tried to argue in The Tropics <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Traveling Gaze, these often lonely <strong>and</strong> isolated surgeon-botanists formed<br />
an emotional attachment to the plants they studied (or the “dark-eyed<br />
beauties” for which they went in quest) that substituted for their want of<br />
European female companionship. When not excitingly exotic, the<br />
familiarly “European” looking plants found around Himalayan hillstations<br />
inspired homesick recollections of English, Welsh or Scottish<br />
childhoods. <strong>Science</strong> wasn’t always a dispassionate activity, <strong>and</strong> there was<br />
about botany an intimacy few other scientific pursuits could match.<br />
The study of botany was also itself an important medical matter. At a<br />
time when a majority of medicines were drawn from plants, botany was<br />
responsible for identifying Indian plants that might have medicinal<br />
properties <strong>and</strong> so either substitute for expensive imported drugs or add<br />
something new to European pharmacology. Reverting for a moment to the<br />
“toxicology” of my title, surgeon-botanists also had to establish which<br />
plants were poisonous or those whose medicinal use required extreme care<br />
lest the wrong root were used or seeds employed in quantities more likely<br />
to kill than cure. The exploration of India’s materia medica was, then,<br />
bio-power in its starkest sense. An accurate knowledge of plants<br />
represented the power of life or death over those on whom it was<br />
administered.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
12 David Arnold<br />
Systems of Knowledge<br />
I said earlier that there were two ways in which plant knowledge can be<br />
said to be important: utility (economic botany <strong>and</strong> medicinal use of plants)<br />
represents one of these. The other relates more specifically to the nature of<br />
“colonial knowledge.” Botany was a way of thinking, not just the<br />
utilitarian servant of trade <strong>and</strong> physic. Under the influence of Linnaeus<br />
<strong>and</strong> other late 18 th <strong>and</strong> early 19 th -century pioneers of modern plant<br />
science, botany was a primary vehicle for the scientific ordering of<br />
knowledge (<strong>and</strong> here I’m following Foucault). Given the prominence of<br />
botany within the scientific establishment <strong>and</strong> the colonial order in India it<br />
was one of the main ways in which knowledge about India was gathered,<br />
collated, <strong>and</strong> systematized. Again, there are several str<strong>and</strong>s to this.<br />
The first is European botanists in India employed the kinds of<br />
scientific methods they had learned from Europe: they didn’t primarily<br />
learn these from India. They loyally followed Linnaeus’s binominal<br />
system of plant taxonomy <strong>and</strong> into the 1830s employed his sexual system<br />
for the classification of plants before switching to the more reliable<br />
Natural System. They read Europe’s botanical authorities (when they<br />
could obtain their books <strong>and</strong> articles) <strong>and</strong> they collected, pressed, dried<br />
<strong>and</strong> labeled their specimens in the approved European manner. Some even<br />
became experts in the use of microscopes <strong>and</strong> in plant anatomy. When<br />
they could, they contacted British <strong>and</strong> other European experts to seek<br />
recognition for their botanical labors <strong>and</strong> to crave publication of their<br />
findings in Europe’s scientific journals. The methodological orientation of<br />
their scientific practice was undoubtedly to Europe: in this respect<br />
colonial botany was essentially an extension of Europe’s own botanical<br />
enterprise.<br />
But, in a foreign l<strong>and</strong>, st<strong>and</strong>ing (as it were) amidst alien corn, colonial<br />
surgeon-botanists also took upon themselves the task of cultural<br />
mediation, of trying to universalize in a world fraught with<br />
epistemological difference. From the outset colonial botany in India was a<br />
dual engagement—obviously, if at one remove, with European science but<br />
also with indigenous systems of knowledge. There are several interpretive<br />
possibilities here that go to the heart of much recent scholarship about<br />
“colonial science.” One possibility is that colonial plant knowledge<br />
rapidly asserted its epistemic dominance, appropriating <strong>and</strong> subsuming<br />
within itself whatever it valued in indigenous knowledge, while rejecting<br />
much of it as “unscientific” or, more simply, “junk.” An alternative<br />
interpretation is that western <strong>and</strong> Indian knowledge (themselves internally<br />
diverse <strong>and</strong> varied) co-existed <strong>and</strong> borrowed extensively from one<br />
another, knowledge circulated rather than flowing in a single direction<br />
towards Europe, so that what emerged was a significant Indian<br />
contribution to the emergence of a cosmopolitan (<strong>and</strong> not purely western)<br />
plant science. A third possibility is some variant of these two in which<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
<strong>Science</strong> as Imperial Bio-Power 13<br />
spatial diversity, temporal shifts <strong>and</strong> cultural hierarchies produced a more<br />
nuanced engagement <strong>and</strong> differentiated outcome. Personally, I favor the<br />
first of these. Let me try to explain why.<br />
Although there was some late 18 th <strong>and</strong> early19 th century engagement<br />
by the British with indigenous textual sources (mainly in Sanskrit <strong>and</strong><br />
Persian), in the main these possible sources of plant knowledge were not<br />
highly regarded. They were thought to be too abstract or poetic, too<br />
flowery in their phrasing, to serve the practical needs of science.<br />
Taxonomy, the ability to systematically identity, name <strong>and</strong> classify plants,<br />
was a privilege Europeans reserved almost entirely to themselves. While<br />
the idea of a Hindu “system” or “science” of medicine was widely talked<br />
about before the 1840s, there was far less validation of Hindu or Muslim<br />
plant knowledge as a science, though for reasons I’ve already touched on<br />
(<strong>and</strong> will return to shortly) medicine <strong>and</strong> botany were not easily<br />
distinguished. More commonly, surgeon-botanists looked not to elite,<br />
literate plant knowledge to inform their botany, but to those who as<br />
practitioners of local crafts <strong>and</strong> trades made useful informants <strong>and</strong> a<br />
source of practical knowledge—those who knew from experience which<br />
tree-barks made good dyes, which timber was suited for carpentry, which<br />
drug might cure cholera or lessen fever. Rather than turn to pundits,<br />
itinerant botanists relied heavily on local <strong>and</strong> largely unnamed collectors<br />
<strong>and</strong> guides, or they enlisted the help of Indians, tutored in the western<br />
manner of drawing, to record <strong>and</strong> illustrate their plant specimens. But it is<br />
hard to see this as an equal exchange of knowledge. Although these<br />
indigenous practitioners <strong>and</strong> “native informants” were invaluable to the<br />
acquisition of botanical knowledge, their contribution was subject to<br />
constant scrutiny <strong>and</strong> skeptical evaluation—it was complained that<br />
Indians shown no consistency in the naming of plants, they failed to see<br />
the commercial potential or scientific significance of their rustic<br />
knowledge, or they failed to match up to exacting western st<strong>and</strong>ards of<br />
scientific classification <strong>and</strong> pictorial representation. They had knowledge<br />
it seemed, but no science.<br />
I want briefly to indicate a third aspect of what I think of as being<br />
systematic about the colonial acquisition of plant knowledge. For the<br />
British botanists of early <strong>and</strong> mid-19 th century India plant knowledge was,<br />
I would argue, a kind of capital. Plants (dried specimens, live cuttings <strong>and</strong><br />
dormant seeds, richly colored, h<strong>and</strong>-drawn botanical illustrations) were<br />
commodities to be acquired, bought <strong>and</strong> sold. They were used to build<br />
professional careers <strong>and</strong> private fortunes; they were routes back from<br />
colonial obscurity to metropolitan fame. Objects of desire <strong>and</strong> status,<br />
plants <strong>and</strong> their literary <strong>and</strong> artistic byproducts were items fit to grace<br />
scientific libraries <strong>and</strong> please their earnest patrons; they were emblems of<br />
exotic beauty <strong>and</strong> romantic rarity suited to adorn the gardens <strong>and</strong><br />
greenhouses of kings <strong>and</strong> princes. Moreover, plants helped to “sell” an<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
14 David Arnold<br />
idea of “India” (a term which botanically embraced Nepal, Bhutan, Sri<br />
Lanka <strong>and</strong> a large chunk of Southeast Asia) as rich, desirable, sensuous,<br />
ennobling that belied its half-ruined, famine-ravaged state: they made<br />
British rule in India appear worthy as well as pleasing.<br />
I could (if I had the time) demonstrate these aspects of “plant<br />
capitalism” through the career of the Danish-born botanist Nathaniel<br />
Wallich who had charge of the botanic garden in Calcutta for 30 years<br />
from 1815 onwards <strong>and</strong> who, in dominating India’s colonial botany for<br />
more than a quarter of a century, diligently exploited the “riches” <strong>and</strong><br />
“treasures” of Indian botany to advance his own career <strong>and</strong> scientific<br />
reputation, to please the Company <strong>and</strong> his aristocratic clients, <strong>and</strong> to<br />
propagate (through the sumptuous books of botanical illustrations he<br />
produced) an idea of “India” as the one of the principal <strong>and</strong> most desirable<br />
botanical provinces of the globe.<br />
Pleasures <strong>and</strong> Poisons<br />
In this final part of my paper, I want to move to some more specific<br />
illustrations of what I’ve been talking about as “bio-power” but also to<br />
complicate the picture I’ve so far given by talking about plants that were<br />
(or were thought to be) either aphrodisiacs or poisons—<strong>and</strong> sometimes<br />
both.<br />
India has an extraordinarily rich history of poisons: they appear<br />
prominently in several of the earliest works of Hindu (or Ayurvedic)<br />
medicine—in part because it was one of the tasks of the physician to<br />
protect the king from being poisoned by his enemies. When the Muslim<br />
Unani system of medicine (which traced part of its origins to ancient<br />
Greece <strong>and</strong> the Hippocratic/Galenic tradition) began to spread <strong>and</strong> evolve<br />
in India from about the 13 th century onwards, it too included frequent<br />
references to poisons, including those more familiar to India than to the<br />
Middle East. Indeed, these Unani texts often provided extensive lists of<br />
medical substances arranged according to their various properties: some<br />
were said to be suited as tonics or emetics; others as poisons or<br />
aphrodisiacs. Among the poisons known to India was a root known<br />
simply as “bish”—simply meaning “poison” or, more emphatically, as<br />
“the poison.” It came to be widely identified in European botany with the<br />
Aconite plant family <strong>and</strong> known as Aconitum ferox from its extreme<br />
toxicity: indeed, so poisonous was it said to be that no insects <strong>and</strong> animals<br />
would go near it.<br />
The British encounter with this <strong>and</strong> other Indian poisons dates back to<br />
the early years of the 19 th century. “Bish” (Aconitum ferox) was known<br />
about in two ways: as a dried root sold in Indian bazaars for use as a<br />
poison <strong>and</strong> more generally as a powerful ingredient in different kinds of<br />
compound medicines. It was also reputedly an instrument of war, which is<br />
one of the ways in which it acquired its notoriety among the British. As<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
<strong>Science</strong> as Imperial Bio-Power 15<br />
well as being used to tip poisoned arrows to paralyze or kill game (or<br />
alleged to dispose of unfaithful wives), “bish” was also said to have been<br />
used by the Nepalese against advancing East India Company troops<br />
during the hard-fought war of 1814–15: wells were apparently poisoned<br />
by aconitum root being thrown in (though this may be a myth: later<br />
commentators doubted that Aconitum ferox was sufficiently powerful to<br />
poison entire wells).<br />
The aconites are a widely distributed family of plants, ranging from<br />
Western Europe to the eastern Himalayas, but the precise nature <strong>and</strong><br />
source of this poisonous root was unknown to early European botanists.<br />
One of the first to investigate it was Francis Buchanan who visited Nepal<br />
in 1806: he sought samples of the notorious root but was confused by the<br />
apparent inability of his collectors to distinguish between varieties of<br />
aconitum root that were deadly poisonous <strong>and</strong> those that were virtually<br />
harmless. This seeming confusion seemed to him indicative of the more<br />
general state of confusion in Indian plant knowledge <strong>and</strong> of its potentially<br />
dangerous consequences. Given the restrictions placed on European<br />
travelers by the Nepalese government, Buchanan never saw the<br />
Himalayan aconites growing wild but he assembled parts of the plant from<br />
which he thought it came <strong>and</strong> which he duly labeled the “true” Aconitum<br />
ferox: it was later suggested that these elements actually belonged to<br />
different plants <strong>and</strong> that it was Buchanan who was confused in not being<br />
able to tell one species of aconitum from another.<br />
For decades after Buchanan other botanical travelers, including some<br />
of great distinction, like Joseph Hooker, recorded finding various species<br />
of Himalayan aconites, but they failed to agree on the name or number of<br />
different species <strong>and</strong> on which in particular was the source of the<br />
notorious “bish.” It was not until 1905, a full century after Buchanan, that<br />
Otto Stapf, a botanist at Kew Gardens in London finally drew up a<br />
definitive list of 22 species of aconites, at least 10 of which possessed<br />
toxic properties. But even he concluded that “Some of the poisonous <strong>and</strong><br />
non-poisonous aconites of the Himalaya are so similar that even an<br />
otherwise untrained eye might be deceived.” Perhaps the final irony is<br />
that these days botanists seemed inclined to believe that the Himalayan<br />
aconites are no more or less poisonous than those long known to Europe<br />
as “Monk’s Hood” <strong>and</strong> long used there as poisons. The notorious “bish”<br />
was something of an Orientalist myth.<br />
One of the many Indian uses of bish was as an aphrodisiac, but what<br />
we are to make of this elusive category of materia medica? The Oxford<br />
English Dictionary encourages us to see an aphrodisiac as a drug or food<br />
intended to stimulate sexual desire in effect, a love potion. Perhaps<br />
therefore our associations are with pleasure, desire, sexual dalliance <strong>and</strong><br />
indulgence. The medical texts themselves give no further explanation of<br />
how such substances were supposed to work <strong>and</strong> what their effects might<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
16 David Arnold<br />
be. But it is interesting that references to aphrodisiacs persist, even in<br />
colonial medical texts (which otherwise seem to eschew pleasure), well<br />
into the latter part of the 19 th century. Is this simply a reference to<br />
indigenous practice (i.e., “they use x in such-<strong>and</strong>-such a way), or did<br />
European physicians accept the validity of these early prototypes of<br />
Viagra? A more likely possibility is that so-called aphrodisiacs were<br />
intended less for pleasure than procreation <strong>and</strong> to meet the cultural<br />
imperative in particular for men to produce sons. This appears to be one<br />
reason why relatively poor people took drugs including “bish” <strong>and</strong> died or<br />
were severely incapacitated as a result. Whether used to poison or to aid<br />
procreation, Indian “bish” rapidly attracted the attention of colonial police<br />
<strong>and</strong> magistrates <strong>and</strong> entered the manuals of medical jurisprudence that<br />
began to be compiled <strong>and</strong> published in considerable numbers in India<br />
from the mid 19 th century onwards.<br />
I need, before going any further, to introduce you to another<br />
poisonous plant known as datura. This was slower than bish to enter<br />
British botanical, medical <strong>and</strong> judicial cognition. It was the product of the<br />
plant of that name: its seeds were its most toxic part. Unlike the<br />
Himalayan aconites, datura grew widely—as a weed—across most parts<br />
of India—indeed, it was so commonplace that it was rarely illustrated by<br />
botanists (there’s another reason for that which I’ll come to shortly). In a<br />
rare color illustration of datura, dating from the 1840s <strong>and</strong> drawn by an<br />
unknown south Indian artist, there’s a penciled note in the bottom left<br />
h<strong>and</strong> corner: “a plant that appears to follow man.” But from relative<br />
obscurity in the early 19 th century, datura suddenly seemed to be<br />
everywhere. Its leaves were sometimes smoked in hookahs as a mild<br />
narcotic: occasionally boys put it in the food of wedding parties to watch<br />
them sink into a state of soporific torpor. But its real notoriety arose from<br />
its supposed criminal uses. While bish could kill, datura could (in<br />
moderate doses) only stupefy. Datura began to be implicated in deliberate<br />
cases of drugging—particularly of travelers <strong>and</strong> prostitutes in order to<br />
render them helpless <strong>and</strong> rob them of their money <strong>and</strong> jewels. Before the<br />
infamous cult known as Thugi came to be associated with strangling it<br />
was identified with datura poisoners. Although poisoning seems to have<br />
been a common crime in Britain <strong>and</strong> elsewhere in the 19 th century, in<br />
India it was seen to be a sign of the particular perversity <strong>and</strong> callousness<br />
of the Indian criminal <strong>and</strong> one of those hereditary trades that typified the<br />
country’s “criminal castes.” (The association of the East in general <strong>and</strong><br />
India in particular with poisoning was further reflected in 19 th -century<br />
literature, especially in such semi-Orientalist romances as Alex<strong>and</strong>re<br />
Dumas’ The Count of Monte Cristo in the 1840s.)<br />
Poisoning, if we are to believe the medical jurisprudence <strong>and</strong> police<br />
reports, became one of the tropes that identified India as a particularly<br />
barbaric <strong>and</strong> heathen place. But datura, this infamous drug, so associated<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
<strong>Science</strong> as Imperial Bio-Power 17<br />
with Indian criminality <strong>and</strong> duplicity, is a tricky plant. Taxonomically, it<br />
belongs to that sinister order of plants, the Solanaceae—which hovers in a<br />
kind of botanical liminality between pleasure <strong>and</strong> poison, counting among<br />
its number deadly nightshade, tomatoes, potatoes, peppers <strong>and</strong> tobacco.<br />
Geographically, this is a widely dispersed family of plants, but datura is<br />
particularly problematic. As the origins of several of those other plants<br />
suggest—tomatoes, potatoes, tobacco—datura was a New World <strong>and</strong> not<br />
an Old World plant. According to botanists, before 1500 it was only to be<br />
found in the Americas, where it was such a plague to the English settlers<br />
at Jamestown that it became known as “Jimson weed.” So, one would<br />
have to assume that this vagrant American plant only entered India in the<br />
16 th century as part of that Columbian invasion of plants (potatoes, maize,<br />
tomatoes, chilies, pineapples, guavas, okra, tobacco) that transformed<br />
Indian culinary tastes <strong>and</strong> narcotic choices. Conceivably it entered through<br />
Portuguese Goa: datura poisoning is mentioned in Garcia d’Orta<br />
Colloquies of 1563. So what I have been presenting to you as a colonial<br />
history is in some ways part of a global history, of the world-wide<br />
dissemination of plants <strong>and</strong> their human uses, a movement only<br />
imperfectly traced (because they don’t adequately deal with India!) in<br />
Alfred W. Crosby’s two books, The Columbian Exchange <strong>and</strong> Ecological<br />
Imperialism. It should be noted, though, that 19 th century British botanists<br />
in India were aware of datura’s foreign origins (one reason why it seldom<br />
appeared in illustrations of Indian flora), but they still seemed to have<br />
regarded it as having medicinal <strong>and</strong> criminal uses that set it apart from its<br />
New World origins. I can only add that the plant also spread to Britain<br />
after 1500, where, known as “thorn-apple,” it was similarly used to spike<br />
drinks <strong>and</strong> reduce men <strong>and</strong> women to a stupefied state in which they<br />
might be robbed or sexually taken advantage of.<br />
Medical jurisprudence was one of the ways in which a knowledge of<br />
plants, allied to that of medicines <strong>and</strong> poisons, became vital to the British<br />
administration in India. Given the general lack of credibility given to<br />
Indian testimony, it was important to the British to find other ways of<br />
establishing the cause of death or the perpetrator of a crime. From early in<br />
the 19 th century the performance of post-mortems, for medical research to<br />
determine the cause of death or the effects of disease on internal organs,<br />
had become an exemplary practice, repeatedly contrasted with the<br />
Indians’ horror of messing with the dead. In fact, post-mortems were an<br />
unreliable means of detecting poisons. There were few western doctors in<br />
19 th century India <strong>and</strong> if the body of a suspected poison victim was found<br />
in a relatively remote place it was likely, even apart form the depredations<br />
of tigers <strong>and</strong> wolves, to have rapidly decomposed before it could be<br />
medically examined. Detecting poisons was anyway a highly technical<br />
science: there were so many different chemical <strong>and</strong> vegetable substances<br />
that needed to be tested for, <strong>and</strong> some were extraordinarily difficult to<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
18 David Arnold<br />
detect. Datura seeds were barely distinguishable from the seeds of the<br />
common chili or capsicum that might be found in almost any Indian gut.<br />
The difficulty of establishing such evidence encouraged investigators to<br />
look to the most likely poisoners <strong>and</strong> then try to find the evidence to<br />
demonstrate their likely involvement. In this way, the impression of the<br />
criminal propensities of certain castes <strong>and</strong> tribes was generally reinforced.<br />
Conclusion<br />
I hope I’ve said enough in this paper to suggest some of the ways in which<br />
a certain (essentially western) knowledge of plants <strong>and</strong> the ways in which<br />
that knowledge was utilized, practically <strong>and</strong> discursively, formed a<br />
significant part of the wider processes <strong>and</strong> powers associated with colonial<br />
rule. I’ve also tried to suggest that in many ways that knowledge was<br />
imperfect—it took more than a century to identify the notorious poison<br />
“bish”—but that didn’t prevent botany <strong>and</strong> those who practised it from<br />
assuming that their knowledge had an authority <strong>and</strong> a uniqueness that<br />
differentiated them from those Indians who might have some imperfect<br />
knowledge of plants but who had failed to see the true light of science.<br />
Botanical knowledge may have been flawed, but it was even so a<br />
significant form of colonial bio-power<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
<strong>Empires</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong><br />
Implementation Project<br />
Thomas Mazurek<br />
The Early Modern <strong>and</strong> Modern European History (HIST 131 Early<br />
Modern Europe <strong>and</strong> HIST 136 Modern Europe) course series at our<br />
college has not been taught for many years. I have taken on the<br />
responsibility within our Social <strong>and</strong> Behavioral <strong>Science</strong> Department for<br />
reinvigoration of this series by offering each course exclusively as<br />
Distance/E-Learning courses.<br />
My project proposal is to a create unit/module within the Early<br />
Modern European History course syllabus focusing on the rise of science<br />
<strong>and</strong> the impact of eastern cultures on the development of science in the<br />
modern west. The unit/module will consist of two pod casts, three links<br />
<strong>and</strong> an essay assignment (these courses will consist, in part, of twelve<br />
m<strong>and</strong>atory essay assignments).<br />
Outline for the First Pod Cast<br />
The goal of the first pod cast will be to do a traditional overview of the<br />
birth <strong>and</strong> subsequent development of science in the west within the<br />
framework of the assigned course materials.<br />
1. Rise of “<strong>Science</strong>” Within Early Modern Europe<br />
a. Historical Setting: Copernicus v. the Aristotelian/<br />
Ptolemaic Vision of the Cosmos<br />
b. Problem of Gravity <strong>and</strong> Projectiles <strong>and</strong> the Growing<br />
Limitation of the Aristotelian/Ptolemaic Systems<br />
c. Galileo/Bacon/Descartes <strong>and</strong> Beginnings of the<br />
Scientific Method <strong>and</strong> Modern Mathematics<br />
d. Evolution of the “Natural Philosopher” into the<br />
“Scientist” of the late 17 th century<br />
1. Significance of the Concept of “New Thinking<br />
Cap” <strong>and</strong> the Struggle to Gain a New Vision of<br />
the Cosmos<br />
2. Example of Brahe <strong>and</strong> Galileo Caught between<br />
Aristotelian/Ptolemaic System <strong>and</strong> an<br />
Emerging New Vision of Cosmos Significance<br />
of Alchemy in the Thinking of Natural<br />
Philosophers<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
20 Mazurek<br />
e. Role of Liebnitz <strong>and</strong> Newton in Merging the New<br />
Mathematics of Calculus with Emerging “Scientific<br />
Method”<br />
f. Summing Up: West’s View of <strong>Science</strong><br />
Outline for Second Pod Cast<br />
The goals of the second pod cast is to break down the traditional<br />
ethnocentric view still prevalent in early European <strong>and</strong> modern European<br />
course text materials which tend not to acknowledge, especially in the<br />
area of the history of science, the impact of eastern cultures stretching<br />
from the European Middle Ages to well into the early modern era. The<br />
links, which track the impact of Islamic scholars <strong>and</strong> thinkers from the<br />
middle ages to Renaissance (especially, George Saliba’s article) provide<br />
visual <strong>and</strong> text resources for students without them having to buy<br />
additional texts in what is a European (<strong>and</strong> not a world ) history course.<br />
1. Brief Overview of Islamic Golden Age<br />
a. Some Key Thinkers, e.g., Averroës, Avicenna, Idrisi,<br />
etc.<br />
b. Accomplishments in Mathematics, e.g., Al-khwarlzmi,<br />
etc.<br />
2. Impact of Book Trade Through North Africa, Spain <strong>and</strong> Then<br />
into Western Europe During Middle Ages: Catalyst of Islamic<br />
Thinkers in Flowering of Medieval Culture<br />
3. Continued Cross-Fertilization During Renaissance<br />
a. Impact of <strong>Fall</strong> of Constantinople 1453 <strong>and</strong> Impact of<br />
Byzantine Authors <strong>and</strong> Manuscripts<br />
b. Impact of Islamic Thinkers on West Through Byzantine<br />
Texts <strong>and</strong> Contemporary Book Trade, e.g., Nasir al-Din<br />
al Tusi, Ibn al-Shatir, etc.<br />
4. Response of Western Thinkers, e.g., Postel, Sangallo, Fabricu,<br />
etc.<br />
5. Summing Up<br />
a. Ways in which Islamic Thinks Directly Influence<br />
Renaissance Thinkers, esp. Copernicus<br />
b. Pattern of Development of <strong>Science</strong>: Zigzag, Backward,<br />
<strong>and</strong> then Forward<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Implementation Project 21<br />
c. Continual Pattern of Cross-Fertilization between East<br />
<strong>and</strong> West, especially in Fields of Mathematics,<br />
Astronomy, <strong>and</strong> Physics<br />
d. Reconsideration of Traditional Terms, e.g., “Copernicus<br />
Revolution” or nature of “Renaissance <strong>Science</strong>” or<br />
“Arabic/Islamic<br />
<strong>Science</strong>.”<br />
Links:<br />
“Seeding the<br />
Renaissance-<strong>Science</strong>, Technology <strong>and</strong> Islam” Kenneth Humphreys<br />
“How<br />
Islam kick started science” Keith Devlin<br />
“Whose<br />
<strong>Science</strong> is Arabic <strong>Science</strong> in Renaissance Europe?” George Saliba<br />
Assignments<br />
The assignment below is part of the overall course structure in which<br />
students will be required to write 12 weekly substantive essay<br />
assignments (along with three essay exams). The dual goal of the second<br />
assignment in this series is to test student knowledge of the conventional<br />
narrative of the history of western science <strong>and</strong> then to test students in their<br />
knowledge of a contrasting narrative based partly upon materials<br />
presented in the “<strong>Empires</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong>” Workshop. The first two links<br />
provide students with two web resources that highlight the impact of<br />
Islam from the Middle Ages to the Early modern era, <strong>and</strong> the third<br />
encapsulated many of the ideas Dr. Saliba presented at the Workshop.<br />
HISTORY OF EARLY MODERN EUROPE (HIST 131)<br />
HOMEWORK ASSIGNMENT #2<br />
The traditional view of the development of science is a story of heroic<br />
thinkers, from Copernicus to Newton, struggling in isolation to unlock the<br />
secrets of the cosmos through the evolving tools in the new system of<br />
thought called “science.” Recent scholarship has seriously questioned the<br />
validity of this traditional historical narrative <strong>and</strong> now suggests a narrative<br />
that reveals a complex <strong>and</strong> subtle cross-cultural interaction between the<br />
western <strong>and</strong> Islamic cultures. Therefore,<br />
a) Based upon the “Rise of Modern <strong>Science</strong>” pod cast <strong>and</strong> From the<br />
Renaissance to the Present: Sources of the Western Tradition,<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
22 Mazurek<br />
ed. Perry, et al., Chapter 2, select what you feel was the most<br />
decisive event in the birth of science in the west; <strong>and</strong><br />
b) Based upon the “Impact of Islam on the West” pod cast <strong>and</strong> the<br />
three links provided, what role do you feel Islamic Thinkers<br />
played in the development of science in the west?<br />
Note: Be sure to select substantive <strong>and</strong> illustrative examples from the pod<br />
casts, course texts <strong>and</strong> documents, <strong>and</strong> links to demonstrate or verify you<br />
analysis.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
The Golden Age of Islam Course Module<br />
Jayne Yantz<br />
Introduction<br />
The Golden Age of Islam is a period of incredible achievements in the<br />
Muslim world, <strong>and</strong> a period that Muslims today still view with a great<br />
sense of pride. The Golden Age is generally dated to coincide with the<br />
Abbasid Empire, lasting roughly from 750 until 1258, when the Mongols<br />
conquer the Abbasid Caliphate. The Islamic empire of the Abbasids,<br />
described by George Saliba as the largest in human history, encouraged<br />
the spread of information <strong>and</strong> ideas through travel <strong>and</strong> trade, which<br />
promoted contact with multiple cultures <strong>and</strong> strengthened science <strong>and</strong><br />
learning. Simultaneously, Muslim rulers became patrons of learning by<br />
supporting libraries, academies <strong>and</strong> scientific research. Although both<br />
scientific investigation <strong>and</strong> artistic achievements continue after the<br />
Mongol invasion, the Muslim world never recovers its position of<br />
leadership in the realm of intellectual discovery, <strong>and</strong> the Mongol conquest<br />
brings the Golden Age to a close.<br />
The Golden Age produced intellectual contributions in a variety of<br />
fields, including science, mathematics <strong>and</strong> medicine, as well as art <strong>and</strong><br />
literature. Muslim science, in particular, was the most advanced in the<br />
world during the Golden Age of the Abbasid Empire. The overriding<br />
feature of the Golden Age was a belief in the importance of learning,<br />
which was based on empirical observation <strong>and</strong> the underst<strong>and</strong>ing that<br />
knowledge is cumulative. In the Muslim world, there was no conflict<br />
between science <strong>and</strong> religion.<br />
In the college classroom, the topic of the Golden Age is particularly<br />
important. It can be used to dispel stereotypes about Middle Eastern<br />
history, culture <strong>and</strong> religion. It can also show contributions made by the<br />
Islamic world to the West, <strong>and</strong> the way in which scholars have worked<br />
together, building on information that others—in other parts of the<br />
world—had developed before them. A study of the Golden Age reminds<br />
us that good science results from sharing information <strong>and</strong> assimilating<br />
past knowledge, without regard to political or geographic borders.<br />
A list of Muslim achievements during the Golden Age follows below.<br />
These can be used selectively to illustrate the sophistication of the Muslim<br />
world in a variety of fields during the Golden Age. Examples from this<br />
list can also show influences on the West which are now believed to have<br />
helped spur the development of the Renaissance.<br />
Examples of Advances in the Golden Age: Economy <strong>and</strong> Technology<br />
* Irrigation projects, cisterns <strong>and</strong> water wheels. As the population grew<br />
during the early Caliphates <strong>and</strong> people settled in larger towns or cities, it<br />
became necessary to provide them with water through large-scale<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
24 Yantz<br />
irrigation projects <strong>and</strong> water storage systems, such as the large cistern<br />
built at Kairouan, located in North Africa, which provided people with<br />
water during dry periods of the year. Today a 44-foot water wheel still<br />
st<strong>and</strong>s in Syria, evidence of how Muslims also harnessed water for<br />
manufacturing purposes in the Golden Age.<br />
*Experiments in Crop Production. To feed the growing population, food<br />
production increased. Scientific experiences in crop production <strong>and</strong> crop<br />
rotation are documented in farming manuals from the period. Based on<br />
such experiments, hard durum wheat was introduced, which could be<br />
stored well for fairly long periods.<br />
*Ice in the desert. Undergraduates may be impressed to know that ice was<br />
available in the Middle East during the Golden Age. By collecting ice<br />
when the temperature drops at night, particularly in the mountains, ice<br />
could then be stored in well insulated ice houses until it was required for<br />
use. There is a famous story about Saladin sending ice to King Richard<br />
during the Crusades, when Richard fell ill in the Hoy L<strong>and</strong>. Chances are<br />
good this really happened.<br />
*Fiber arts. Cloth production increased in quantity <strong>and</strong> variety in the<br />
Middle East, giving us in the West words like “taffeta” (the Persian word<br />
for spinning) or “damask” (from Damascus). These fine fabrics<br />
astonished the Crusaders when they arrived in the 11 th century <strong>and</strong> fabrics<br />
(including woven carpets) were often taken home as souvenirs. Once they<br />
arrived in Europe, fine eastern fabrics were often used to wrap relics (such<br />
as the bones of saints) <strong>and</strong> appreciated as luxury objects, often appearing<br />
in religious paintings of Mary <strong>and</strong> Jesus (sometimes even with copies of<br />
Arabic inscriptions). Painters like Holbein (German) <strong>and</strong> Lotto (Italian)<br />
both used Muslim carpets as painting props so frequently that carpet types<br />
are named after these painters, e.g., the “Holbeins” now refers to a<br />
specific carpet design.<br />
*Trade. Trade fosters economic growth <strong>and</strong> the exchange of ideas,<br />
including innovations <strong>and</strong> scientific advances. In order to encourage<br />
trade, the Muslim world established caravanserais along the trade routes<br />
(desert caravanserais) <strong>and</strong> inside major cities (urban caravanserais).<br />
Caravanserais were accommodations for caravan drivers, their animals<br />
<strong>and</strong> their trade goods—hotels that took camels. Inside the cities, souks,<br />
bazaars or markets were established to allow for the exchange of goods.<br />
These were often constructed near or around the local mosques.<br />
*Wheels? If the Muslim world was so advanced, why did Muslims not<br />
have wheels? The same question has been raised as a cultural indictment<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
The Golden Age of Islam 25<br />
about the Inka in Peru. In both cases, these societies had little use for the<br />
wheel, because of the local terrain. Both, in fact, knew the wheel, but did<br />
not use it extensively, because the wheel was not practical. Still visible<br />
today in the old quarters , many early Muslim cites were constructed with<br />
twisting, narrow streets—allowing two camels to pass through <strong>and</strong><br />
encouraging the breezes to flow while simultaneously blocking the sun<br />
from heating the building interiors. Camels, it appears, were more<br />
practical than wheels.<br />
Intellectual Advances in the Golden Age<br />
The Golden Age of Islam is best known for its intellectual contributions,<br />
including such achievements as “Arabic” numbers, copies of Greek texts,<br />
<strong>and</strong> the development of algebra. There are many, many other<br />
contributions. Here are some:<br />
*Increased literacy level. Because of the importance of words (spoken<br />
<strong>and</strong> written), literacy in the Muslim world surpassed literacy rates in the<br />
West during the Golden Age. The best evidence for this is the degree to<br />
which Arabic writing covers the surface of everything, from architecture<br />
to rugs to plates. Good examples to share with students include ceramic<br />
plates covered in proverbs, such as “If the soup be good, don’t complain<br />
about the bowl.” These common aphorisms teach <strong>and</strong> simultaneously<br />
spread literacy.<br />
*Libraries. It is generally accepted that the Muslim world had true<br />
libraries in the Golden Age, where scholars could meet, discuss <strong>and</strong><br />
debate intellectual issues. These libraries were based on Sassanian<br />
academies with literary translators <strong>and</strong> copyists—the most famous was in<br />
Baghdad, called the “House of Knowledge.” These institutions far<br />
surpassed European book collections in quantity <strong>and</strong> quality of books.<br />
*Collection of Ancient Texts. The Muslim world is often credited with<br />
saving ancient Greek texts by copying, translating <strong>and</strong> disseminating<br />
them. Once translated into Latin, these texts, generally with updated<br />
Muslim revisions, made their way into Europe, often through Spain. As a<br />
result, works like Aristotle’s De Anima (with notations by the Muslim<br />
scholar Averroes) were basic reading that contributed to the emergence of<br />
the European Renaissance. Significantly, these ancient texts were<br />
annotated or revised by Muslim scholars, making Muslim copies of<br />
ancient texts the most current <strong>and</strong> comprehensive scientific texts<br />
available.<br />
*Mathematics. Muslim scholars develop algebra. Work in algebra led to<br />
further advances, including developments in trigonometry <strong>and</strong> geography.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
26 Yantz<br />
For example, “sine” used in Trigonometry is an Arabic word.. Muslim<br />
mathematicians also refine <strong>and</strong> pass to the West both Arabic numerals <strong>and</strong><br />
the concept of zero.<br />
*Geography. Muslim scholars improve Ptolemy’s coordinate tables,<br />
improving on this Greek source, showing that Muslim scholars are<br />
dedicated to scientific inquiry <strong>and</strong> are not willing to accept data at face<br />
value; rather, they underst<strong>and</strong> that data must be tested <strong>and</strong> that knowledge<br />
is cumulative.<br />
*Astronomy. Muslim scientists improved the astrolabe (used for plotting<br />
locations of heavenly bodies) <strong>and</strong> updated Greek astronomical texts,<br />
including Ptolemy. Rashid al-Sufi’s Book of Constellations, created in<br />
1009, draws from Greek sources but translates them into Islamic models<br />
(e.g., Andromeda becomes a clothed dancing girl <strong>and</strong> Sagittarius has a<br />
beard <strong>and</strong> turban). This is the earliest extent Islamic illustrated text, <strong>and</strong><br />
was one of the sources that helped transmit Greek astronomical texts to<br />
the West, accounting for why we look at the sky today <strong>and</strong> see the same<br />
constellations that the Greeks did.<br />
*Medicine. Muslim scholars translate Galen <strong>and</strong> Hippocrates from the<br />
Greek originals, then analyze <strong>and</strong> update these medical texts, improving<br />
modern medicine. In the 9 th century in Baghdad, the first true hospitals<br />
were created, based on the concepts of wards, where patients are separated<br />
by illness, reflecting an early underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the concept of germs. In<br />
addition, Muslim physicians identify hay fever.<br />
*Pharmacology. Pharmacists were licensed <strong>and</strong> tested. Antique texts on<br />
herbal medicine were copied, updated <strong>and</strong> transmitted, such as<br />
Dioscorides’ herbal, known to have been copied in Baghdad in the 13 th<br />
century.<br />
The Literary Arts<br />
In the Golden Age, new literary forms emerged. Many of these new<br />
creations have remained an important part of both eastern <strong>and</strong> western<br />
culture today. Here are some samples.<br />
*1001 Nights. First compiled in the Golden Age, 1001 Nights is an<br />
example of popular literature that consolidated oral tales into book form.<br />
The setting is the Sassanian court, but the stories come from a wider<br />
geographic region, including India, <strong>and</strong> their origins are far from certain.<br />
The familiar plot revolves around a queen who must tell her king a story<br />
each night, with the goal of keeping the king interested enough to wait<br />
until the next day for the ending—or he would have her killed. Because<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
The Golden Age of Islam 27<br />
these stories include Sinbad the Sailor, Ali Baba <strong>and</strong> Aladdin, this is a<br />
natural topic for undergraduate courses. Students are often surprised to<br />
discover that some of their childhood tales come to them from the Muslim<br />
world.<br />
*Mirrors of Princes. Animal fables, such as stories of Kalila <strong>and</strong> Dimna,<br />
were written to entertain <strong>and</strong> teach. These are referred to as “mirrors for<br />
princes,” because they were intended originally to educate children at<br />
court, but their charm guaranteed that they became widely popular. Kalila<br />
<strong>and</strong> Dimna are two roguish foxes/jackals whose escapades appeal to<br />
students <strong>and</strong> illustrate the way literature can teach moral values.<br />
*Legal Systems. In the Abbasid period, the four schools of law were<br />
formalized. These schools of law continue today, profoundly influencing<br />
the Islamic world.<br />
The Visual Arts<br />
Samples from the decorative arts also illustrate the richness of the Golden<br />
Age. Masterfully glazed ceramics, ornate incense burners, inlaid bronze<br />
ewers, richly decorated copies of Qur’anic verse, decorative tiles <strong>and</strong><br />
elaborately carved ivory containers all testify to the skills of Muslim<br />
artisans. There is no doubt that Islamic artistic achievements in the<br />
Golden Age were impressive. But did these wares influence Europe?<br />
*Glass <strong>and</strong> ceramics. It is increasing clear that the Muslim world exerted<br />
influence on the artistic awaking of the European Renaissance, notably in<br />
Italian glass <strong>and</strong> ceramic production. For instance, gilded <strong>and</strong> enameled<br />
glass made in Syria <strong>and</strong> Egypt during the Golden Age had a direct <strong>and</strong><br />
significant influence on Venetian glass production. Venice is located<br />
between East <strong>and</strong> West, which allowed Venice to engage in trade between<br />
the two regions <strong>and</strong> provided opportunities for the Venetians to borrow<br />
from their Muslim trading partners.<br />
*Architecture. In architecture, Venice also reveals Eastern influences,<br />
particularly in the openness, delicacy <strong>and</strong> rhythmic details of Venetian<br />
facades along the Gr<strong>and</strong> Canal. In addition, San Marco, one of Venice’s<br />
great churches, is decorated on the exterior with mosaics—as is done in<br />
the Mosque at Damascus <strong>and</strong> on the exterior of the Dome of the Rock, a<br />
major Muslim building. In contrast, in Christian sources, such as Hagia<br />
Sophia created by the Byzantines or the churches at Ravenna in northern<br />
Italy, the mosaics are generally inside. The Venetians may also have<br />
acquired a general love of rich colors <strong>and</strong> sumptuousness from both their<br />
Eastern neighbors, the Byzantines <strong>and</strong> the Muslims.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
28 Yantz<br />
*The pointed arch. A debate still exists about the source of the western<br />
Gothic (pointed) arch, which is one of the basic elements of design of<br />
Europe’s most famous 13 th century cathedrals, such as Chartres Cathedral<br />
or Notre Dame in Paris. What is certain is that Muslim architects had<br />
already invented the pointed arch by the 8 th century when it appeared in<br />
Syria. It is also clear that the pointed arch is first present in Europe after<br />
the beginning of the Crusades, when an increasing number of Western<br />
Christians were in the Middle East. It is thus quite likely that the Gothic<br />
arch has an Eastern origin. (Some scholars suggest it may also have<br />
spread to Europe from Muslim Spain.) If so, it can also be related to<br />
Muslim technological influences, because the pointed arch, in comparison<br />
to the earlier rounded arch, represents an advance in engineering, allowing<br />
for less lateral thrust <strong>and</strong>, consequently, a stronger arch that can support<br />
thinner <strong>and</strong> more open walls. Once in the West, of course, the pointed<br />
arch was quickly combined with other architectural elements, including<br />
flying buttresses <strong>and</strong> stained glass windows, creating a unique medieval<br />
style quite unlike any Islamic source.<br />
Summary: Islam <strong>and</strong> the West<br />
In the period of the Golden Age, Muslim intellectual achievements were<br />
extraordinary <strong>and</strong> diverse. Muslim objects <strong>and</strong> ideas entered the West in a<br />
variety of ways, providing some of the pieces that became the foundation<br />
of the European Renaissance. Today, Islamic contributions are often<br />
misunderstood or overlooked, due to modern stereotypes about the Middle<br />
East. In reality, however, there once was a powerful exchange of ideas<br />
from East to West, which helped to form our western cultural heritage.<br />
Bibliography<br />
Bloom, Jonathan <strong>and</strong> Sheila Blair. “The Golden Age,” in Part II of Islam,<br />
A Thous<strong>and</strong> Years of Faith <strong>and</strong> Power, pp. 77-155, Yale, 2002.<br />
Hess, Catherine, ed. The Arts of Fire: Islamic Influences on Glass <strong>and</strong><br />
Ceramics of the Italian Renaissance, Los Angeles, 2004.<br />
Howard, Deborah. Venice <strong>and</strong> the East: The Impact of the Islamic World<br />
on Venetian Architecture, 1100-1500, Yale, 2000.<br />
Huff, Toby. The Rise of Early Modern <strong>Science</strong>: Islam, China <strong>and</strong> the<br />
West, Cambridge, 2003.<br />
Morgan, Michael. Lost History: The Enduring Legacy of Muslim<br />
Scientists, Thinkers <strong>and</strong> Artists, National Geographic, 2008.<br />
Robinson, Francis. “Knowledge, its Transmission, <strong>and</strong> the Making of<br />
Muslim Societies,” in the Cambridge Illustrated History, Islamic<br />
World, pp. 208-249, Cambridge, 1998.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
The Golden Age of Islam <strong>29</strong><br />
Saliba, Geogre. Islamic <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> the Making of the European<br />
Renaissance, The Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2007.<br />
Turner, Howard. <strong>Science</strong> in Medieval Islam, University of Texas, 2006.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
The Spanish American Empire<br />
Nature, <strong>and</strong> the Emergence of Empiricism in the<br />
Sixteenth Century Atlantic World<br />
Antonio Barrera<br />
My work argues that the encounter of the New World is one of the key<br />
elements in the emergence of empirical practices that shaped 16 th <strong>and</strong> 17 th<br />
centuries science in Europe. The encounter made possible both the partial<br />
rejection of classical authorities, the validation of personal experience as a<br />
source of knowledge, <strong>and</strong> the institutionalization of empirical practices in<br />
centers of information. I stress the significance of the Atlantic World in<br />
the consolidations of sixteenth <strong>and</strong> seventeenth-century empirical<br />
practices.<br />
These empirical practices emerged as part of the commercial <strong>and</strong><br />
imperial activities surrounding the exploration <strong>and</strong> colonization of the<br />
New World. Most explorers sought to find “things of whatever name <strong>and</strong><br />
value <strong>and</strong> quality” to trade, as the early Spanish contracts referred to<br />
commodities. The environmental historian, William Cronon, argues that<br />
seeing the nature of the New World in terms of commodities meant to see<br />
nature as a collection of isolated <strong>and</strong> extractable entities. It also meant, I<br />
argue, that empirical descriptions of these entities became the prevailing<br />
method for underst<strong>and</strong>ing them. In the Spanish case, the crown<br />
established “sites of knowledge production” at the Casa de la Contratación<br />
<strong>and</strong> Council of Indies to regulate <strong>and</strong> control the diversity <strong>and</strong> biased<br />
nature of empirical reports. This paper discusses the emergence of those<br />
practices in Spain <strong>and</strong> America.<br />
Observations, Reports, <strong>and</strong> Institutions<br />
In the early years of explorations, no one had specific knowledge about<br />
the New World. Early sixteenth-century commercial contracts between<br />
the crown <strong>and</strong> entrepreneurs refer to commodities in such general terms as<br />
precious metals, precious stones, plants, animals, fish, birds, medicines,<br />
<strong>and</strong> “any thing of any name <strong>and</strong> quality” of value. Some of these contracts<br />
referred to “monsters” <strong>and</strong> “serpents.” Knowledge about natural products<br />
of the Indies was vague in the early years of exploration. Following a<br />
practice that began with the first explorers, who reported back to the<br />
crown, the crown requested all explorers to send reports about their<br />
explorations.<br />
Christopher Columbus (1451–1506)’s letters are examples of this.<br />
Years later, the royal official, Alonso de Zauzo (fl. 1515) wrote a report<br />
(1518) on natural things from Hispaniola Isl<strong>and</strong> (today Dominican<br />
Republic-Haiti) to Charles V. Zauzo mentioned brazil wood (a red dye),<br />
guaiacum, <strong>and</strong> fragrant resins. His report contains more specific<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
Emergence of Empiricism 31<br />
information than the rather vague list of commodities mentioned in the<br />
contracts above.<br />
By the late 1500s, the crown sought to create mechanisms to collect<br />
more <strong>and</strong> better information about the New World. It established the<br />
position of the chief pilot (1508) at the Casa de Contratación for the<br />
purpose of collecting information for making charts (<strong>and</strong> also for the<br />
training of pilots). The Casa became a veritable chamber of knowledge<br />
from this point on. The Casa became a model to be admired, in particular,<br />
by the English who tried to establish a similar institution in Engl<strong>and</strong>, The<br />
appointment of the chief pilot helped to transform individual observations<br />
contained in the reports into valid generalizations about the New World—<br />
in the form of charts <strong>and</strong> books.<br />
In the 1520s, the crown continued to request information from<br />
explorers <strong>and</strong> merchants but it began to request more information from its<br />
officials in the New World. In 1530, the crown ordered the new president<br />
of the Audiencia of New Spain, don Sebastián Ramírez de Fuenleal, to<br />
send reports about the l<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> its topography together with information<br />
about its inhabitants.<br />
In 1532, the crown added a new mechanism for collecting<br />
information. It appointed a Cronista de Indias (Chronicler of Indies) at the<br />
Council of Indies to collect <strong>and</strong> organize information about the New<br />
World. The initiative came, again, from below. The humanist <strong>and</strong> natural<br />
historian Gonzalo Fernández de Oviedo (Madrid, ca. 1478-Santo<br />
Domingo, Hispaniola, 1557) was the first scholar to study the New<br />
World’s nature. His travels, contacts with humanists, <strong>and</strong> knowledge of<br />
court systems had fortuitously prepared him to fashion himself as a<br />
natural historian once he came into contact with the New World. After<br />
arriving at the New World, this self-fashioned natural historian wrote the<br />
first natural history of the New World, De la natural historia de las Indias<br />
(1526), known also as the Sumario de la natural historia de las Indias.<br />
Oviedo wrote his Sumario from memory, for he had left his notes in<br />
Hispaniola (They would later become the basis for the Historia general y<br />
natural de las Indias). Oviedo's Sumario discussed the navigation to the<br />
New World, described customs <strong>and</strong> ways of the indigenous people, l<strong>and</strong><br />
animals, birds, rivers, streams, seas, fish, plants, herbs, “<strong>and</strong> things that<br />
produce the l<strong>and</strong>.”<br />
He wanted to exp<strong>and</strong> the Sumario into a more complete work <strong>and</strong> so<br />
he proposed an expedition to collect information from areas he had not<br />
visited yet to complete a larger natural history. The council explained to<br />
the king that Oviedo had asked for a salary to visit, with an assistant,<br />
“those l<strong>and</strong>s that he has not visited.” The council suggested that Oviedo,<br />
for his “skill <strong>and</strong> experience,” be granted a salary so that he could write<br />
his history <strong>and</strong> include it in the history of Spain. This was the first<br />
proposal for a natural history expedition to the Indies. Oviedo’s<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
32 Barrera<br />
expedition to the New World never took place; however, Charles V<br />
granted Oviedo a salary to write a history of “the things of the Indies.”<br />
He was to stay in Spain while the crown sent decrees to its officials in<br />
America requesting information for Fernández de Oviedo. The royal<br />
decree sent to the governor of the Fern<strong>and</strong>ina Isl<strong>and</strong> (Cuba) asked for<br />
information “about the isl<strong>and</strong>, its dwellers, <strong>and</strong> its conditions.” It<br />
explained that Fernández de Oviedo was writing a general history of the<br />
Indies as well as a natural history of the l<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> isl<strong>and</strong>s, its animals, <strong>and</strong><br />
“its strangeness.” Oviedo would have to provide, every year, a copy of<br />
his own writings to be added to the history of Spain. The governor would<br />
therefore have to send information, as promptly as possible, every time it<br />
was requested. In all cases, these reports would have to be signed by the<br />
people who provided them — a significant requirement, because it cast<br />
individual testimony into the circuit of knowledge-gathering practice. As<br />
a result of his work, Fernández de Oviedo published the Historia general<br />
de las Indias (Sevilla, 1535; exp<strong>and</strong>ed edition 1557). Pliny, according to<br />
Oviedo, might have read “two thous<strong>and</strong> million books” but “I<br />
accumulated all that I wrote here from two thous<strong>and</strong> million works <strong>and</strong><br />
scarcities <strong>and</strong> dangers in twenty-two years.” His personal observations<br />
were controlled by reports from other witnesses <strong>and</strong> transformed into<br />
knowledge (natural history) by his book within the context of the Council<br />
of Indies. Oviedo’s st<strong>and</strong>ing as natural historian was validated by his<br />
office.<br />
The same year that Oviedo was appointed Cronista de Indias (1532),<br />
the crown commissioned the cosmographer Alonso de Santa Cruz (c.<br />
1500-1572) to produce new navigational charts. He needed information<br />
about the “grades of the l<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> isl<strong>and</strong>s.” The crown sent a royal decree<br />
to the officials of the Casa de Contratación that required shipmasters <strong>and</strong><br />
pilots to render to Santa Cruz all the information he needed. Santa Cruz’s<br />
<strong>and</strong> Oviedo’s task was to transform personal observation into knowledge<br />
useful to the empire <strong>and</strong> to commercial groups.<br />
Santa Cruz proposed (in the late 1550s) to ask specific questions to<br />
explorers <strong>and</strong> colonists arriving to Seville, rather than asking for general<br />
information about the l<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> its natural things. Santa Cruz proposed to<br />
ask specific questions from those coming back from the New World.<br />
Santa Cruz’s guidelines required to ask specific questions regarding<br />
the latitude <strong>and</strong> longitude of places <strong>and</strong> ports; the geographical<br />
characteristics <strong>and</strong> healthiness of the l<strong>and</strong>; descriptions of rivers,<br />
mountains, lakes, <strong>and</strong> fountains; <strong>and</strong> information about mines, minerals,<br />
stones, pearls, animals, “monsters,” trees, fruits, spices, drugs, <strong>and</strong> herbs.<br />
Finally, there were questions concerning the indigenous people — their<br />
kingdoms <strong>and</strong> provinces, borders, towns <strong>and</strong> cities, costumes, rites, types<br />
of knowledge, books, arms, trade (in general), <strong>and</strong> items that they traded.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Emergence of Empiricism 33<br />
Almost simultaneously, in New Spain (between 1558 <strong>and</strong> 1569) the<br />
Franciscan Bernardino de Sahagun (ca.1499-1590) elaborated a<br />
questionnaire to write his Historia general de las cosas de la Nueva<br />
España. Sahagún sent questionnaires (reconstructed from his book) to<br />
Indian villages, asking for information about aspects of their culture,<br />
society, <strong>and</strong> l<strong>and</strong>. On natural history, the questionnaire included questions<br />
about names of animals, the history of the name, physical description of<br />
the animal, its environment, its activities, its food, ways of hunting or<br />
catching it if so, customs of the animal, popular histories about it, sayings<br />
related to it. Both Sahagun <strong>and</strong> Santa Cruz collected information intensely<br />
during the 1560s. They were not alone. A soldier in Peru, a certain Pedro<br />
de Osma, who had read Monardes’ book, was searching Peru for<br />
medicines <strong>and</strong> natural products. He sent his report, <strong>and</strong> samples, to<br />
Monardes who included it his second book on medicines.<br />
From the chief pilot at the Casa to Oviedo at the Council to soldiers<br />
in Peru, <strong>and</strong> Santa Cruz in Seville common empirical practices emerged.<br />
These practices consisted in personal observations collected in the form of<br />
reports <strong>and</strong> samples <strong>and</strong>, then, evaluation by experts (the natural historian,<br />
the cosmographer, <strong>and</strong> the physician) who transformed them into<br />
knowledge (books about natural history, medicine, <strong>and</strong> cosmography).<br />
This transformation took place at particular institutions: the Casa de la<br />
Contratación (chief pilot, Santa Cruz), the Council of Indies (Oviedo), <strong>and</strong><br />
botanical gardens (Monardes, the Franciscans).<br />
In the 1540s, new elements emerged in the institutionalization of<br />
empirical practices with the promulgation of the New Laws in 1542. The<br />
main purpose of the New Laws was the legislation of the encomienda<br />
system, grants of Indian labor. The laws were the result of debates on<br />
Native Americans brought about by Las Casas. However, one of the laws,<br />
Law 39, ordered that the<br />
discoverer must return to give account<br />
to the Audiencia of what he may have<br />
done <strong>and</strong> discovered, <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Audiencia must send it with a full<br />
report therein to our Council of the<br />
Indies in order that what is fitting for<br />
the service of God <strong>and</strong> our own may<br />
be provided for....<br />
In the context of long-distance empires, the relationship between<br />
information <strong>and</strong> government became the reason for the institutionalization<br />
of empirical practices. Reports became the basis for this empirical practice<br />
because they were the only sources of knowledge about the New World.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
34 Barrera<br />
The recasting of personal experience as a source of knowledge was a<br />
significant innovation in the configuration of knowledge practices<br />
compared to scholastic practices, in which personal experience was only a<br />
step in the systematization <strong>and</strong> universalization of first principles. Within<br />
the Spanish American empire, personal experience took the form of<br />
reports describing long-distance events <strong>and</strong> things; this practice was<br />
institutionalized at the Council of the Indies <strong>and</strong> House of Trade. Law 39<br />
linked information-gathering practices with the government of the empire<br />
as well.<br />
Questionnaires<br />
Between the mid-1550s <strong>and</strong> late 1560s there appeared a new phase in the<br />
institutionalization of gathering practices in the Spanish empire with the<br />
creation of questionnaires. This phase began with the Memorial of Alonso<br />
de Santa Cruz in the mid-1550s <strong>and</strong> ended in the late 1560s during the<br />
tenure of Juan de Ov<strong>and</strong>o as president of the Council of the Indies. The<br />
memorial of Santa Cruz to the king, written in the mid-1550s perhaps just<br />
a year after the ascension of Philip II to the Spanish throne in 1556,<br />
elaborated questions for the explorers of the New World discussed above.<br />
During Philip II’s reign (1556-1598) <strong>and</strong> in the wake of Santa Cruz’s<br />
memorial, there appeared a new interest in the nature of the New World.<br />
This interest culminated in institutionalization of information-gathering<br />
tools at the Council of the Indies between 1571 <strong>and</strong> 1573. The person<br />
behind the institutionalization of information gathering <strong>and</strong> knowledge<br />
production at the Council of the Indies was Juan de Ov<strong>and</strong>o (1515–1575),<br />
president of the Council of the Indies from 1571 to 1575. During his<br />
inspection of the Council in 1569, he reformed the council’s legislative<br />
<strong>and</strong> administrative activities <strong>and</strong> established a more systematic practice in<br />
order to collect information.<br />
Ov<strong>and</strong>o identified two major problems with the Council. The first<br />
problem concerned the lack of systematic information available on the<br />
New World. The second problem related to the lack of a uniform legal<br />
structure in the American kingdoms (Schäfer 1935, I: 1<strong>29</strong>; Jimenez de la<br />
Espada 1965, I: 59). Ov<strong>and</strong>o’s report resulted in the statutes of 1571, the<br />
Ordenanzas Reales del Consejo de Indias. Among other changes, the<br />
statutes created the new office of the chief cosmographer-chronicler. From<br />
this office came questionnaires for gathering information about the New<br />
World <strong>and</strong> the first scientific expeditions of this period, those of doctor<br />
Francisco Hernández (1571–1577), <strong>and</strong> of the cosmographermathematician<br />
Jaime Juan (1583).<br />
The first chief cosmographer-chronicler appointed was Juan López de<br />
Velasco (1530–1598). His duties consisted of writing the history of the<br />
Indies, censuring proposed histories about the Indies, <strong>and</strong> collecting<br />
geographical <strong>and</strong> natural information about the New World for the<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Emergence of Empiricism 35<br />
government of the Indies. More generally, the statutes of 1571 provided<br />
for the continuous collection of information about the New World.<br />
Similarly, the statutes for new discoveries <strong>and</strong> settlements of 1573<br />
established that explorers should make daily reports <strong>and</strong> descriptions of<br />
“what they see <strong>and</strong> find, <strong>and</strong> of what happens during the discovery.” This<br />
1573 statute stipulated that all this should be written in a book that<br />
“should be read in public to better determine the truth.” In 1573, the<br />
crown also issued the statutes for the formation of a book that provided<br />
descriptions of the Indies, or Ordenanzas para la formación del libro de<br />
las descripciones de Indias.<br />
The officials in charge of making the descriptions were almost all<br />
engaged directly in the American enterprise. They included high-ranking<br />
members of society such as officials of the Council of the Indies, officials<br />
of the Casa, archbishops, bishops, clerics, viceroys, presidents of<br />
audiencias, officials of audiencias, governors, mayors, council members<br />
both Spanish <strong>and</strong> indigenous, caciques, treasury officials, captains <strong>and</strong><br />
fleet admirals, pilots, shipmasters, <strong>and</strong> captains of provinces.<br />
These reports covered all aspects of the New World: cosmography<br />
(climates, longitudes, altitudes, eclipses, celestial marks); hydrography<br />
(coasts, longitude <strong>and</strong> latitude of geographical accidents, positions <strong>and</strong><br />
characteristics of rivers, ports, weather conditions during the year); natural<br />
history “constantly of each region” (domestic <strong>and</strong> wild animals, uses of<br />
animals, hunting methods, breeding practices, types of fish, edible fish,<br />
methods of fishing, wild <strong>and</strong> domestic birds, hunting methods, breeding<br />
methods, trees, plants, crops, woods, fruits, domestic <strong>and</strong> wild herbs,<br />
useful herbs, metals, types of l<strong>and</strong>s); as well as moral history. Royal<br />
decrees were dispatched to New Spain, New Galicia, Hispaniola,<br />
Guatemala, Panama, Quito, Kingdom of New Granada, Chile, <strong>and</strong><br />
Charcas with the order to implement the statutes of the Book of<br />
Descriptions of the Indies.<br />
As part of this program for gathering information on the New World,<br />
the crown elaborated specific questionnaires culminating in the<br />
questionnaire of 1577. This constituted yet another systematic attempt,<br />
after the statutes of the Book of Descriptions, to collect information about<br />
the colonies with regard to human groups <strong>and</strong> the natural world. The 1577<br />
questionnaire, called the Relaciones Geográficas de Indias, contained 50<br />
chapters <strong>and</strong> was dispatched all over the New World in 1577 <strong>and</strong> again in<br />
1584. The rate <strong>and</strong> speed of response to the questionnaires varied. From<br />
Venezuela, the responses arrived between 1578–79; from New Spain,<br />
between 1579–81 <strong>and</strong> 1584-85; from Ecuador, in 1592; from Perú in 1583<br />
<strong>and</strong> later between 1585-86 (Cline 1972, 193f). The Relaciones constituted<br />
a unique source of information about the natural world of the Indies as<br />
well as about its inhabitants.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
36 Barrera<br />
Parallel to the 1577 questionnaire, the cosmographer-chronicler<br />
López de Velasco elaborated a set of instructions to collect information on<br />
lunar eclipses <strong>and</strong> to determine, with the information collected, altitudes<br />
<strong>and</strong> longitudes of American places. Once again, his instructions were the<br />
result of the statutes of 1571. But these books <strong>and</strong> questionnaires were not<br />
the only attempt to collect information from the New World; the crown<br />
also sent expeditions to the New World: a medical expedition in 1570 <strong>and</strong><br />
a cosmographical expedition in 1583. These expeditions belong to another<br />
talk.<br />
The study of the Relaciones Geográficas shows the links between<br />
people on the ground <strong>and</strong> state agents as well as between empire <strong>and</strong><br />
information. Colonial Latin American historians are familiar with the<br />
Relaciones but they have not interrogated their connections to the<br />
formation of the state <strong>and</strong> science. The establishment of the Spanish<br />
empire in the New World was possible not only because of diseases,<br />
navigational technology, <strong>and</strong> alliances with Native Americans but also<br />
because of the knowledge the Spaniards collected about the New World.<br />
This knowledge made possible the commercial <strong>and</strong> political control of the<br />
New World.<br />
The Spaniards did not arrive in the New World with the tools to<br />
underst<strong>and</strong> that world: they built those tools as they created their New<br />
World empire. Eventually, the crown linked those information-gathering<br />
practices to the good government of the American kingdoms: for them as<br />
well as for merchants in the early modern period knowledge became a<br />
commodity <strong>and</strong> a tool to control nature.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Teaching the Latin American Survey<br />
William Paquette<br />
Syllabus<br />
HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATIONS I<br />
HISTORY 231<br />
Instructor: Dr. William Paquette<br />
Course Description<br />
History 231 (3 Credits) surveys Latin American History from the Pre-<br />
Columbian Era to the 20 th century. Units of Study will focus on Pre-<br />
Columbian Civilizations, European Colonialism, 19 th century<br />
Independence Movements, <strong>and</strong> 20 th Century National Development.<br />
Course emphasis will be directed to Argentina <strong>and</strong> Uruguay where<br />
students will travel <strong>and</strong> on the multicultural history of Uruguay <strong>and</strong><br />
Argentina with Indian, Spanish, African, Italian, <strong>and</strong> German populations<br />
predominating.<br />
Required Textbook<br />
A History of Latin America by Benjamin Keen <strong>and</strong> Keith Haynes, 8 th<br />
Complete Edition <strong>2009</strong>, Houghton-Mifflin (now Cengage). The textbook<br />
website, http://college.hmco.com/pic/keen8e provides a list of learning<br />
objectives per chapter.<br />
Course Requirements:<br />
History of Latin American Civilizations I is a hybrid course that includes<br />
selected face-to-face meetings, MERLOT assignments, Video/DVD<br />
assignments, map assignments, examinations, <strong>and</strong> either a final exam in<br />
lieu of participation in a ten-day trip to Montevideo, Uruguay <strong>and</strong> Buenos<br />
Aires, Argentina. History 231 is divided into four units: Unit 1: Pre-<br />
Columbian Civilizations; Unit 2: European Exploration of the Americas<br />
<strong>and</strong> Colonialism in Latin America; Unit 3: 19 th Century Independence<br />
Movements; <strong>and</strong> Unit 4: Latin America in the 20 th Century.<br />
Students are expected to complete all required assignments for geography<br />
exercises, MERLOT exercises, Video/DVD exercises, reading<br />
assignments, <strong>and</strong> examinations, which combined constitute 75 % of the<br />
course. If a student is traveling to South America, the final 25% of the<br />
grade, a travel diary will be due within two weeks of the group’s return to<br />
the United States. Students not going to South America will write a 12–<br />
15 page research paper on a topic agreed to by the student <strong>and</strong> the<br />
instructor. All papers <strong>and</strong> travel diaries will be graded <strong>and</strong> considered for<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
38 Paquette<br />
inclusion in a student journal publication. Scheduled classes will meet<br />
once per week for two hours <strong>and</strong> forty minutes as listed below under<br />
Course Schedule.<br />
Research Paper (in lieu of travel diary)<br />
Students will complete a 12-15 page research paper as the culmination of<br />
their study in History 231. The topic will be selected in agreement<br />
between the student <strong>and</strong> the instructor. The tentative schedule for the<br />
research paper is as follows:<br />
Second Week: Topic agreed to by student <strong>and</strong> instructor.<br />
Fourth Week:<br />
Bibliography submitted for instructor approval.<br />
Sixth Week:<br />
Outline of paper submitted for instructor<br />
approval.<br />
Fifteenth Week: Research Paper due.<br />
Research Topics<br />
1. The Maya, Aztec, <strong>and</strong> Inca populations of the Americas<br />
developed advanced scientific <strong>and</strong> mathematical systems. Select ONE<br />
pre-Columbian civilization (either the Maya, Aztec, or Inca) <strong>and</strong> write a<br />
paper detailing their scientific <strong>and</strong> mathematical accomplishments.<br />
2. Research <strong>and</strong> write a paper describing the geography <strong>and</strong> the<br />
plant <strong>and</strong> animal life of either the New Spain or Peru Vice-royalties.<br />
3. Describe in detail the significance of the Columbian Exchange<br />
between either Spain <strong>and</strong> its Vice-royalties of New Spain <strong>and</strong> Peru or<br />
between Portugal <strong>and</strong> Brazil.<br />
4. Research <strong>and</strong> write a paper describing the navigational <strong>and</strong><br />
scientific knowledge of the Spanish sea captains who sailed to the<br />
Americas in the late 15 th <strong>and</strong> 16 th centuries.<br />
5. In the 19 th Century, New Spain <strong>and</strong> Peru broke with Spain <strong>and</strong><br />
became a series of independent nations. Select one revolutionary leader<br />
from among Father Miguel Hidalgo, Simon Bolivar, Bernardo O’Higgins,<br />
or José de San Martin <strong>and</strong> write a paper detailing that leader’s<br />
contributions to Latin American independence movements.<br />
6. Research <strong>and</strong> write a paper describing the emerging cultures of<br />
the Americas under the EITHER the Spanish or the Portuguese in the 16 th<br />
<strong>and</strong> 17 th Century Americas.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Teaching the Latin American Survey 39<br />
7. Research <strong>and</strong> write a paper describing <strong>and</strong> evaluating how the<br />
African Slave Trade affected the economies of EITHER Brazil, Peru, or<br />
New Spain.<br />
Course Schedule (tentative):<br />
Week One:<br />
Classroom meeting, orientation session.<br />
Lecture on the Pre-Columbian Civilizations of the Americas.<br />
Orientation session. Distribution of syllabus, materials, <strong>and</strong><br />
discussion of Study Abroad aspect to the course. Read Chapters 1, 2,<br />
<strong>and</strong> 3 in the text.<br />
Weeks two to five: Learning Resources Center (Students on their<br />
own): Students are to complete three assignments from the<br />
MERLOT or VHS/DVD/CD options with the answers emailed to the<br />
instructor. (No Class Meeting).<br />
The Olmec Art of Ancient Mexico, VHS, 23 minutes, National Gallery<br />
of Art, Washington, DC.<br />
Legacy Series: Central America: The Burden of Time, VHS, 60<br />
minutes, Michael Wood narrator.<br />
MesoAmerica, CD produced by Dr. William Paquette that includes<br />
both text <strong>and</strong> photographs of Maya <strong>and</strong> Aztec archaeological sites in<br />
Central <strong>and</strong> Southern Mexico, 75 minutes.<br />
Sipan, Discovery <strong>and</strong> Research, VHS, pre-Incan civilization along the<br />
west coast of South America, 60 minutes, National Geographic<br />
Society, 1993.<br />
Incas, VHS, 48 minutes, 1986, Creative Projects, Inc. Emphasis is<br />
placed on the Inca scientific <strong>and</strong> architectural achievements.<br />
MERLOT website <strong>and</strong> assignment for Los Incas.<br />
MERLOT website <strong>and</strong> assignment for Mesoamerican Ballgame.<br />
MERLOT website <strong>and</strong> assignment for Astronomy of Central <strong>and</strong><br />
South America.<br />
MERLOT website <strong>and</strong> assignment for Geometry Step by Step from<br />
the L<strong>and</strong> of the Incas.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
40 Paquette<br />
Week Six: The Geography of Latin America. Read Chapters 4–7<br />
in the text. Class meeting: New Spain, Peru, <strong>and</strong> Brazil. Students will<br />
turn in a series of maps due January 26, <strong>2009</strong>. The maps are:<br />
1. The geography <strong>and</strong> topography of Central <strong>and</strong> South<br />
America.<br />
2. The location of Pre-Columbian civilizations <strong>and</strong> major<br />
Indian tribes along with their major centers of population.<br />
3. The European Conquest of Central <strong>and</strong> South America<br />
indicating areas of Spanish, Portuguese, British, French, <strong>and</strong><br />
Danish control along with major settlements.<br />
4. The Independence movements of Latin America in the 19 th<br />
century locating the boundaries of emerging nations, capital<br />
cities, <strong>and</strong> other major population areas.<br />
5. Modern Latin America with national boundaries, major<br />
cities, <strong>and</strong> capital cities.<br />
Week Seven: Unit 1 exam to be posted on Blackboard. No scheduled<br />
class meeting.<br />
Weeks Eight to Ten: Class meeting, lecture: 19 th Century Independence<br />
Movements in Latin America. Read Chapters 9-11 in the text. Three<br />
assignments are to be emailed by February 23. Students are to<br />
complete three assignments from the following:<br />
The Mission, Warner Brothers. Film stars Robert de Niro <strong>and</strong> Jeremy<br />
Irons <strong>and</strong> records the conflict the Indians of the Amazon faced as<br />
Portugal <strong>and</strong> Spain fought for control over the area politically, militarily,<br />
<strong>and</strong> religiously.<br />
The Buried Mirror: Reflections on Spain <strong>and</strong> the New World.<br />
Chicago: Public Media Video, 1991, 5 hours.<br />
Builders of Images. South Burlington, VT: Annenberg/CPB<br />
Collection, 1993, 60 minutes.<br />
MERLOT website <strong>and</strong> assignment: Voyages of Exploration, Spain<br />
MERLOT website <strong>and</strong> assignment for Voyages of Exploration,<br />
Portugal.<br />
MERLOT website <strong>and</strong> assignment: The Conquistadors.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Teaching the Latin American Survey 41<br />
MERLOT website <strong>and</strong> assignment: Simultaneous View of History in<br />
16 th Century New Spain or Relaciones Geograficas de America.<br />
Week Eleven: Readings from the textbook, Chapters 13-15 in the text.<br />
The Unit 3 examination will be posted on Blackboard.<br />
Week Twelve: Class meeting, lecture: The 19 th century liberation<br />
movements of Central <strong>and</strong> South America.<br />
Weeks Thirteen to Fifteen: Readings on 19 th <strong>and</strong> 20 th century Latin<br />
America in the Text.<br />
Week Sixteen:<br />
Research Paper due.<br />
On Site Learning Activities in South America<br />
(Spring Semester only)<br />
Excursions will be scheduled taking students <strong>and</strong> instructors to<br />
Montevideo, Punta del Este, <strong>and</strong> Colonia in Uruguay <strong>and</strong> Buenos Aires in<br />
Argentina. Listed below are sites suggested for study:<br />
Uruguay<br />
1. Palacio Legislativo<br />
2. Catedral Metropolitana<br />
3. Montevideo Cabildo, government house during the Colonial<br />
period.<br />
4. Montevideo Metropolitan Museum<br />
5. Martiz Square, Constitution Square <strong>and</strong> 804 cathedral.<br />
6. Palacio Taranco, Decorative Arts Museum.<br />
7. Museo Municipal de Bellas Artes, National Art Museum.<br />
8. Teatro Solís, 1856 music theatre.<br />
9. Ciudad Vieja, oldest part of the city <strong>and</strong> its colonial heritage.<br />
10. Plaza Independencia, the blending of old <strong>and</strong> new Uruguay.<br />
11. Barrio Sur, blending of Uruguayan <strong>and</strong> African cultures.<br />
12. Museo de Juan Zorrilla de San Martín, major Uruguayan<br />
writer <strong>and</strong> poet.<br />
13. Museo Torres García, museum to Joaquin Torres Garcia.<br />
14. El Cabildo, original town hall.<br />
15. Museo del Gaucho y de la Moneda, gaucho <strong>and</strong> cowboy<br />
museum.<br />
Argentina<br />
1. Teatro Colón, 1908 Opera House.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
42 Paquette<br />
2. Barrio de San Telmo, mansions turned into tenements during<br />
the 1871 Yellow Fever epidemic.<br />
3. Plaza Dorrego, oldest street <strong>and</strong> site of the 1816<br />
independence movement.<br />
4. Obelisco, 1936 monument where political demonstrations<br />
occur <strong>and</strong> where Argentines celebrate national victories,<br />
particularly in sporting events.<br />
5. Museo de Arte Latinoamericano de Buenos Aires, Museum<br />
of post modern art.<br />
6. Museo Nacional de Bellas Artes, 1896, Fine Arts Museum<br />
with European collections going back to the 12 th century.<br />
7. Plaza de Mayo, heart of Buenos Aires history.<br />
8. Casa Rosada, government house particularly associated with<br />
the Perons.<br />
9. Catedral Metropolitana, 1862, burial site of the Great<br />
Liberator General Jose de San Martin.<br />
10. Iglesia de San Ignacio, 1719, oldest church in Buenos Aires<br />
in the shape of a Latin cross.<br />
11. Cementerio de la Recoleta, burial site of Eva Perón.<br />
12. Basílica de Santo Domingo, 1783, colonial architecture<br />
burial location of the creator of the Argentine flag.<br />
13. Teatro Cervantes, 1921, where Hispanic <strong>and</strong> Argentine plays<br />
are performed.<br />
14. Plaza de los Dos Congresos, National Congress Building.<br />
15. San Vincente Museum <strong>and</strong> Mausoleum of Juan Perón.<br />
Instructor Information<br />
Communications between the instructor <strong>and</strong> students will be based on<br />
email communication <strong>and</strong> scheduled office hours. The weeks when a<br />
face-to-face class is scheduled, the instructor will be available in his<br />
office, Room 203, two hours before the class begins. Office Hours will be<br />
posted on the office door <strong>and</strong> stated in the syllabus. Students should<br />
check Blackboard for weekly announcements when the class is not<br />
meeting on campus.<br />
Student Requirements<br />
Students are to complete all course work as scheduled in the syllabus.<br />
Students are to complete the Orientation Checklist <strong>and</strong> return it to the<br />
Instructor. The Orientation Checklist governs their course behavior <strong>and</strong><br />
responsibilities. Students should also read the following sections of the<br />
TCC Student H<strong>and</strong>book, VCCS Computer Ethics Guidelines, <strong>and</strong><br />
Virginia State Law: Title 18.2-152 (Virginia Computer Crimes Act), Title<br />
18.2-152.3 (Computer Fraud), Title 18.2-152.5 (Computer Invasion of<br />
Privacy), Title 18.2-152.5:1 (Using a Computer to Identify Information),<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Teaching the Latin American Survey 43<br />
<strong>and</strong> Title 18.2-152.6 (Theft of Computer Services). The Orientation<br />
Checklist identifies specific course policies about academic honesty,<br />
cheating, <strong>and</strong> plagiarism.<br />
Selected Bibliography<br />
Pre-Columbian Americas<br />
Benson, Elizabeth P. <strong>and</strong> Beatriz de la Fuente, eds. Olmec Art of Ancient<br />
Mexico. New York: Harry Abrams, Inc. 1996.<br />
Schobinger, Juan. The Ancient Americans: A Reference Guide to the Art,<br />
Culture, <strong>and</strong> History of Pre-Columbian North <strong>and</strong> South America.<br />
Armonk, NY: Sharpe Reference, 2001.<br />
The Maya<br />
Alonzo, Guadlberto Zapata. Descriptive Guidebook to Coba. Mexico<br />
City: copyrighted by author, n.d.<br />
Astronomy of Central <strong>and</strong> South America.<br />
.<br />
Chichen Itza. Panorama Guidebooks, S.A., annually revised.<br />
Demarest, Arthur, Andrew. Ancient Maya: The Rise <strong>and</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> of a<br />
Rainforest Civilization. New York: Cambridge University Press,<br />
2004.<br />
Duran, Fray Diego. Book of the Gods on Rites <strong>and</strong> the Ancient Calendar.<br />
Trans. Fern<strong>and</strong>o Horcasitas <strong>and</strong> Doris Heyden. Norman: University<br />
of Oklahoma Press, 1975.<br />
Fash, William L. Scribes, Warriors, <strong>and</strong> Kings. London: Thames <strong>and</strong><br />
Hudson, 1991.<br />
Freidel, David, Linda Schele, Joy Parker. Maya Cosmos. New York:<br />
William Morrow, 1993.<br />
Gallenkamp, Charles <strong>and</strong> Regina Elise Johnson, eds. Maya, Treasures of<br />
an Ancient Civilization. New York: Harry N. Abrams, Inc., 1985.<br />
Herring, Adam. Art <strong>and</strong> Writing in the Maya Cities, AD 600-800. New<br />
York: Cambridge University Press, 2005.<br />
McKillop, Heather Irene. The Ancient Maya: New Perspectives. Santa<br />
Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO, 2004.<br />
Mesoamerican Ballgame. .<br />
Miller, Mary <strong>and</strong> Simon Martin. Courtly Art of the Maya. San Francisco:<br />
Thames <strong>and</strong> Hudson, 2004.<br />
Molesky-Poz, Jean. Contemporary Maya Spirituality: The Ancient Ways<br />
are not Lost. Austin: University of Texas Press, 2006.<br />
Paris Codex. .<br />
Popol Vuh. Trans. Dennis Tedlock. New York: Simon <strong>and</strong> Schuster,<br />
1985.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
44 Paquette<br />
Reents-Dudet, Dorie. Painting the Maya Universe: Royal Ceramics of the<br />
Classic Period. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 1994.<br />
S<strong>and</strong>strom, Alan R. <strong>and</strong> Valencia, E. Hugo Garcia, eds. Native Peoples of<br />
the Gulf Coast of Mexico. Tucson: University of Arizona Press,<br />
2005.<br />
Tulum. Mexico City: Eiciones Alducin, annually revised.<br />
The Aztec<br />
Aguilar-Moreno, Manuel. H<strong>and</strong>book to Life in the Aztec World. New<br />
York: Oxford University Press, 2007.<br />
Angulo, Jorge. Teotihuacan, City of the Gods. Florence, Italy: Casa<br />
Editrice Bonnechi, 1996.<br />
Aztec Calendar. Mexico City: Garcia y Valades, 1996.<br />
The Aztecs (Videorecording). Princeton, NJ: Films for the Humanities<br />
<strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong>s, 2002.<br />
Baldwin, Neil. Legends of the Plumed Serpent: Biography of a Mexican<br />
God. New York: Public Affairs, 1998.<br />
Carrasco, David. Daily Life of the Aztecs: People of the Sun <strong>and</strong> Earth.<br />
Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1998.<br />
Knight, Alan. Mexico: From the Beginning to the Spanish Conquest.<br />
New York: Cambridge University Press, 2002.<br />
Mann, Charles C. New Revelations of the Americas before Columbus.<br />
New York: Knopf, 2005.<br />
Moetezuma, Eduardo Matos. Official Guide, The Great Temple. Mexico<br />
City: INAH-SALVANT, n.d.<br />
Miller, Mary Ellen. The Art of MesoAmerica: From Olmec to Aztec.<br />
London: Thames <strong>and</strong> Hudson, 2001.<br />
Townsend, Richard F. The Aztecs. London: Thames <strong>and</strong> Hudson, 2000.<br />
Van Tuerenhout, Dirk R. The Aztecs: New Perspectives. Santa Barbara,<br />
CA: ABC-CLIO, 2008.<br />
The Inca<br />
Burger, Richard L. <strong>and</strong> Salazar, Lucy C., eds. Manchu Picchu: Unveiling<br />
the Mystery of the Incas. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2004.<br />
D’Altroy, Terence N. The Incas. Malden, MA: Blackwell, 2002.<br />
Geometry Step by Step from the L<strong>and</strong> of the Incas.<br />
.<br />
Inca: Secrets of the Ancestors (videorecording). Alex<strong>and</strong>ria, VA: Time-<br />
Life Video <strong>and</strong> Television, 1995.<br />
Incan Life. Lincolnwood, IL: Jamestown Publishers, 2001.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Teaching the Latin American Survey 45<br />
Los Incas. .<br />
Malpass, Michael Andrew. Daily Life in the Inca Empire. Westport, CT:<br />
Greenwood Press, 1996.<br />
Stierlin, Henri. Art of the Incas <strong>and</strong> its Origins. New York: Rizzoli,<br />
1984.<br />
The Incas (videorecording). Alex<strong>and</strong>ria, VA: PBS Home Video, 1995.<br />
The Incas. http://incas.homestad.com.<br />
Colonialism under the Spanish <strong>and</strong> the Portuguese<br />
Almeida, Onesimo T. “Portugal <strong>and</strong> the Dawn of Modern <strong>Science</strong>.”<br />
Portugal, The Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the<br />
Modern World 1300-ca 1600. Madison: The Hispanic Seminary of<br />
Medieval Studies, Ltd., 1995.<br />
Barrera-Osorio, Antonio. Experiencing Nature: The Spanish American<br />
Empire <strong>and</strong> the Early Scientific Revolution. Austin, TX: University of<br />
Texas Press, 2006.<br />
Bleichmar, Daniela. “Books, Bodies, <strong>and</strong> Fields: Sixteenth-Century<br />
Transatlantic Encounters with New World Materia Medica. Colonial<br />
Botany: science, commerce, <strong>and</strong> politics in the early modern world.<br />
Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2004.<br />
Boxer, C. R. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750, Growing Pains of a<br />
Colonial Society. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1962.<br />
Colonial Latin American Review, 15, no. 1, 2006. (Issue on Spanish<br />
Empire <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong>).<br />
Columbus <strong>and</strong> the Age of Discovery (videorecording). Princeton, NJ:<br />
Films for the Humanities <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong>s, 1991.<br />
The Conquistadors. .<br />
De Las Casas, Bartolome. The Devastation of the Indies. Trans. Herma<br />
Briffault. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1994.<br />
De Vos, Paula Susan. “The <strong>Science</strong> of Spices: Empiricism <strong>and</strong> Economic<br />
Botany in the Early Spanish Empire.” Journal of World History, 17,<br />
no. 4, 2006.<br />
Elliott, John Huxtable. <strong>Empires</strong> of the Atlantic World: Britain <strong>and</strong> Spain<br />
in America, 1492-1830. New Haven: Yale University Pres, 2006.<br />
Fuentes, Carlos. The Buried Mirror: Reflections on Spain <strong>and</strong> the New<br />
World. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1992.<br />
Fuentes, Carlos. The Buried Mirror (videorecording). Chicago: IL:<br />
Public Media Video, 1991.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
46 Paquette<br />
Goodman, David C. Power <strong>and</strong> Penury: Government, Technology, <strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>Science</strong> in Philip II’s Spain. Cambridge: Cambridge University<br />
Press, 1988.<br />
Gomez, Nicolas Wey. The Tropics of Empire, Why Columbus Sailed<br />
South to the Indies.. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 2008.<br />
Kamen, Henry Arthur Francis. Philip of Spain. New Haven: Yale<br />
University Press, 1998.<br />
Kaplan, Gregory B., ed. Sixteenth Century Spanish Writers. Detroit:<br />
Thomson Gale, 2006.<br />
Knight, Alan. Mexico: The Colonial Era. New York: Cambridge<br />
University Press, 2002.<br />
Koch, Peter O. The Aztecs, the Conquistadors, <strong>and</strong> the Making of<br />
Mexican Culture. Jefferson, NC: McFarl<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> Co., 2006.<br />
Lamb, Ursula. “Cosmographers of Seville: Nautical <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> Social<br />
Experience.” First Images of America: The Impact of the New World<br />
on the Old. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.<br />
Marrin, Albert. Inca <strong>and</strong> Spaniard: Pizarro <strong>and</strong> the Conquest of Peru.<br />
New York: Athenaeum, 1989.<br />
Nesvig, Martin Austin, ed. Local Religion in Colonial Mexico.<br />
Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 2006.<br />
Norton, Marcy. “Tasting Empire: Chocolate <strong>and</strong> the European<br />
Internalization of Mesoamerican Aesthetics.” The American<br />
Historical Review, 111, no. 3, 2006.<br />
Simultaneous View of History in 16 th Century New Spain or Relaciones<br />
Geograficas de America.<br />
.<br />
Voyages of Exploration (Portugal).<br />
.<br />
Voyages of Exploration (Spain).<br />
.<br />
Wilford, John Noble. The Mysterious History of Columbus: An<br />
Exploration of the Man, the Myth, the Legacy. New York: Knopf,<br />
1991.<br />
19 th Century Latin America<br />
Barman, Roderick J. Citizen Emperor, Pedro II <strong>and</strong> the Making of Brazil,<br />
1825-1891. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 1999.<br />
Cambridge Histories Online: The River Plate Republics, 1870-1930.<br />
Cambridge University Press, 1986.<br />
Curto, Jose C. <strong>and</strong> Soulodre-LaFrance, Renee. Africa <strong>and</strong> the Americas:<br />
Interconnections during the Slave Trade. Trenton, NJ: Africa World<br />
Press, 2005.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Teaching the Latin American Survey 47<br />
David, Darien J., ed. Beyond Slavery: The Multilayered Legacy of<br />
Africans in Latin America <strong>and</strong> the Caribbean, Lanham, MD:<br />
Rowman <strong>and</strong> Littlefield, 2007.<br />
Davis, David Biron. Inhuman Bondage: The Rise <strong>and</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> of Slavery in<br />
the New World. New York: Oxford University Press, 2006.<br />
Events Leading to Mexican Independence.<br />
.<br />
Garcia Marquez, Gabriel. The General in His Labyrinth (Simon Bolivar).<br />
New York: Knopf, 1990.<br />
Horne, Gerald. The Deepest South: The United States, Brazil, <strong>and</strong> the<br />
African Slave Trade. New York: NYU Press, 2007.<br />
Kinsbruner, Jay. Bernardo O’Higgins. New York: Twayne Publishers,<br />
1968.<br />
Lopez-Alves, Fern<strong>and</strong>o. State Formation <strong>and</strong> Democracy in Latin<br />
America, 1810–1900. Durham: Duke University Press, 2000.<br />
Nugent, Walter T. K. Crossings: The Great Transatlantic Migrations,<br />
1870-1914. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1995.<br />
Weber, David <strong>and</strong> J. Barbaros. Spaniards <strong>and</strong> their Savages in the Age of<br />
Enlightenment. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2005.<br />
Williams, Mary Wilhelmine. Dom Pedro the Magnanimous, Second<br />
Emperor of Brazil. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina<br />
Press, 1937.<br />
20 th Century Latin America<br />
Fishburn, Evelyn <strong>and</strong> Ortiz, Eduardo L. <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> the Creative<br />
Imagination in Latin America. London: Institute for the Study of the<br />
Americas, 2005.<br />
Hispanic <strong>and</strong> Latin American Heritage Video Collection. Bala Cynwyd,<br />
PA: Schlessinger Video Productions, 1995.<br />
Jaquette, Jane S. <strong>and</strong> Wolchik, Sharon L. Women <strong>and</strong> Democracy: Latin<br />
America <strong>and</strong> Central <strong>and</strong> Eastern Europe. Baltimore, MD: Johns<br />
Hopkins University Press, 1998.<br />
Klaiber, Jeffrey L. The Church, Dictatorships, <strong>and</strong> Democracy in Latin<br />
America. Maryknoll, NY: Orbis Books, 1998.<br />
Payne, Leigh A. Uncivil Movements: The Armed Right Wing <strong>and</strong><br />
Democracy in Latin America. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins<br />
University Press, 2000.<br />
Peruzzotti, Enrique <strong>and</strong> Smulovitz, Catalina, eds.. Enforcing the Rule of<br />
Law: Social Accountability in the New Latin American Democracies.<br />
Pittsburg, PA: University of Pittsburgh Press, 2006.<br />
Sullivan, Edward J. Latin American Art in the Twentieth Century.<br />
London: Phaldon Press, 1996.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
48 Paquette<br />
Wiarda, Howard J. Dilemmas of Democracy in Latin America: Crises<br />
<strong>and</strong> Opportunity. Lanham, MD: Rowman <strong>and</strong> Littlefield Publishers,<br />
2005.<br />
Yeatts, Guillermo M. The Roots of Poverty in Latin America. Jefferson,<br />
NC: McFarl<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> Co., 2005.<br />
Argentina<br />
Arditti, Rita. Searching for Life: The Gr<strong>and</strong>mothers of the Plaza de Mayo<br />
<strong>and</strong> the Disappeared Children of Argentina. Berkeley: University of<br />
California Press, 1999.<br />
Feitlowitz, Marguerite. A Lexicon of Terror: Argentina <strong>and</strong> the Legacies<br />
of Torture. New York: Oxford University Press, 1998.<br />
Foster, David William. Culture <strong>and</strong> Customs of Argentina. Westport,<br />
CT: Greenwood Press, 1998.<br />
Fraser, Nicholas. Evita. New York: W.W. Norton, 1996.<br />
Marchak, M. Patricia. God’s Assassins: State Terrorism in Argentina in<br />
the 1970s. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press, 1999.<br />
Page, Joseph A. Peron, A Biography. New York: R<strong>and</strong>om House, 1983.<br />
Rodriquez, Julia. Civilizing Argentina: <strong>Science</strong>, Medicine, <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Modern State.<br />
Brazil<br />
Brazil Revealed (videorecording). Canada: Discovery Channel Canada,<br />
2006.<br />
Easkin, Marshall C. Brazil: The Once <strong>and</strong> Future Country. New York:<br />
St. Martin’s Press, 1997.<br />
Levine, Robert M. The History of Brazil. Westport, CT: Greenwood<br />
Press, 1999.<br />
Vincent, Jon S. Culture <strong>and</strong> Customs of Brazil. Westport, CT:<br />
Greenwood Press, 2003.<br />
Mexico<br />
Hamnett, Brian R. A Concise History of Mexico. New York: Cambridge<br />
University Press, 2006.<br />
Meyer, Michael C. <strong>and</strong> Beezley, William H., eds. The Oxford history of<br />
Mexico. New York: Oxford University Press, 2000.<br />
Shorris, Earl. The Life <strong>and</strong> Times of Mexico., New York: W.W. Norton,<br />
2004.<br />
Uruguay<br />
Uruguay: A Country Study. Washington, DC: Department of the Army,<br />
1992.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Teaching the Latin American Survey 49<br />
Whitaker, Arthur Preston. The United States <strong>and</strong> the Southern Cone:<br />
Argentina, Chile, <strong>and</strong> Uruguay. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University<br />
Press, 1976.<br />
Course Outline<br />
I. The Americas Pre-Columbian Civilizations .<br />
A. The Geography of Central <strong>and</strong> South America.<br />
B. Location of major Pre-Columbian civilizations <strong>and</strong><br />
population centers.<br />
C. The Mysterious Olmec.<br />
1. Theories about the origins of the Olmec.<br />
2. The Art of the Olmec.<br />
D<br />
The Maya<br />
1. Origins of the Maya.<br />
2. Religious Beliefs.<br />
3. Political System.<br />
4. Economic System.<br />
5. Literary <strong>and</strong> Scientific Writing System.<br />
6. Advances in mathematics, sciences, <strong>and</strong><br />
astronomy.<br />
7. Art <strong>and</strong> Architecture.<br />
8. Reasons for Decline.<br />
E. The Aztecs<br />
1. Story of Creation.<br />
2. The Temples of the Sun <strong>and</strong> Moon.<br />
3. Religious Beliefs.<br />
4. Political System.<br />
5. Economic System<br />
6. Advances in mathematics, sciences, <strong>and</strong><br />
architecture.<br />
7. Art of the Aztecs.<br />
F. The Sipan<br />
1. Lowl<strong>and</strong> civilizations in Peru.<br />
2. Reasons for their collapse.<br />
G. The Inca<br />
1. Origins of the Inca.<br />
2. Religious Beliefs.<br />
3. Political System.<br />
4. Economic System.<br />
5. Advances in agriculture, mathematics,<br />
sciences, <strong>and</strong> astronomy.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
50 Paquette<br />
6. The art, architecture, <strong>and</strong> highway system of<br />
the Inca.<br />
II.<br />
The Age of European Exploration <strong>and</strong> the Colonization of Latin<br />
America.<br />
A. Spain <strong>and</strong> Portugal in 1492.<br />
1. Iberian political systems.<br />
2. The role of the Roman Catholic Church <strong>and</strong><br />
religious orders.<br />
3. Iberian economies.<br />
4. Motivations for exploration.<br />
5. European scientific <strong>and</strong> navigational<br />
knowledge.<br />
B. Spanish <strong>and</strong> Portuguese Explorers.<br />
1. Prince Henry the Navigator<br />
2. Diaz <strong>and</strong> Da Gama<br />
3. The Four Voyages of Christopher Columbus.<br />
4. Cabral finds Brazil.<br />
5. Magellan, Ponce de Leon, Coronado, Balboa,<br />
<strong>and</strong> Desoto.<br />
6. Cortes finds the Aztecs.<br />
7. Pizarro conquers the Inca.<br />
C. The Columbian Exchange: what Europe <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Americas borrowed from each other affecting the<br />
economies of both continents.<br />
D. The Spanish conduct a Census.<br />
1. What were the questions?<br />
2. What were the answers?<br />
E. A Conflict of Cultures: European versus Native<br />
American.<br />
1. The role of the Conquistadors.<br />
2. The creation of the Viceroyalties of New<br />
Spain <strong>and</strong> Peru.<br />
3. The role of Catholicism <strong>and</strong> Religious Orders<br />
in the New World.<br />
4. Intermarriage between Europeans <strong>and</strong> Indians.<br />
5. A new market economy.<br />
6. The introduction of Africans into the economic<br />
system.<br />
7. The geography of New Spain, Peru, <strong>and</strong> Brazil.<br />
III.<br />
19 th Century Independence Movements<br />
A. The Decline of Spain <strong>and</strong> Portugal.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Teaching the Latin American Survey 51<br />
1. The Impact of the French Revolution <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Napoleonic Era on the fortunes of Spain <strong>and</strong> its<br />
colonial empire <strong>and</strong> on Portugal <strong>and</strong> its<br />
colonial empire.<br />
B. The Portuguese Royal Family flees to Brazil to escape<br />
Napoleon.<br />
1. The reign of John VI in Brazil.<br />
2. The delayed return of the Royal Family to<br />
Portugal.<br />
3. Pedro IV of Portugal becomes Pedro I,<br />
Emperor of Brazil.<br />
4. Pedro I’s abdication <strong>and</strong> return to Portugal.<br />
5. Pedro II, Emperor of Brazil, monarch, scholar,<br />
<strong>and</strong> ecologist.<br />
6. Emancipation of Brazilian slaves overthrows<br />
the monarchy in 1889.<br />
C. Mexico<br />
1. The leadership of Father Miguel Hidalgo.<br />
2. The First Mexican Empire under Iturbide.<br />
3. The First Mexican Republic.<br />
4. The role of the Spanish aristocracy <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Roman Catholic Church in Mexico’s economy<br />
<strong>and</strong> politics.<br />
5. The Second Mexican Empire under<br />
Maximilian of Austria.<br />
6. An unstable Mexico 1867-1900.<br />
E. Simon Bolivar, José de San Martin, <strong>and</strong> Bernardo<br />
O’Higgins liberate South America.<br />
1. Emerging nations <strong>and</strong> changing boundaries.<br />
2 The role of native Americans in the emerging<br />
political system.<br />
3. Politics, Religion, Economics, <strong>and</strong> the Social<br />
Class system in Argentina <strong>and</strong> Uruguay.<br />
4. Mapping Latin America’s political, economic,<br />
<strong>and</strong> population centers.<br />
IV.<br />
20 th Century Latin America (emphasis on Mexico, Brazil,<br />
Argentina, <strong>and</strong> Uruguay).<br />
1. The role of the United States in Latin American Politics.<br />
2. The Latin American interpretation of Democracy.<br />
3. The role of the military in Latin American politics.<br />
4. The position of Native Americans in Latin American<br />
politics.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
52 Paquette<br />
5. New immigrants to Latin America from Europe.<br />
6. Latin America’s developing economies.<br />
7. The changing role of religion <strong>and</strong> the Roman Catholic<br />
Church in Latin American politics <strong>and</strong> economics.<br />
8. The integration of Latin America’s diverse populations.<br />
9. Catholic socialism <strong>and</strong> Soviet Communism compete<br />
with American capitalism.<br />
10. Latin America’s future!<br />
Study Guide, History 231*<br />
1. Name <strong>and</strong> locate the pre-Columbian civilizations of Central<br />
<strong>and</strong> South America.<br />
2. List the reasons for European voyages of exploration in the<br />
15 th <strong>and</strong> 16 th centuries.<br />
3. Compare <strong>and</strong> contrast Olmec, Maya, <strong>and</strong> Aztec civilizations<br />
based on political systems, religious beliefs, economic<br />
systems, art <strong>and</strong> architecture, mathematics <strong>and</strong> science, <strong>and</strong><br />
social organization.<br />
4. Explain the declines of the Olmec ,Maya, <strong>and</strong> Sipan<br />
civilizations.<br />
5. Describe the civilizations of the Andes.<br />
6. Describe the conquest of Central <strong>and</strong> South America by the<br />
Spanish.<br />
7. Identify <strong>and</strong> give the significance of: Prince Henry the<br />
Navigator, Bartholomew Diaz, Vasco da Gama, Christopher<br />
Columbus, Mesoamerica, Olmec, Maya, Tikal, Chichen Itza,<br />
Aztec, Teotihuacan, pochteca, Nazca, Quechua, Machu<br />
Picchu, Cortes, Pizarro, Atahualpa, Montezuma, Incas,<br />
Cuzco, Quetzalcoatl, conquistadores.<br />
8. List <strong>and</strong> describe the methods used by the Spanish to<br />
conquer Central <strong>and</strong> South America.<br />
9. Describe the role of the Roman Catholic Church in the<br />
religious <strong>and</strong> social structures of Latin America.<br />
10. Discuss <strong>and</strong> evaluate Spain’s census of New Spain <strong>and</strong> Peru.<br />
11. Explain the political <strong>and</strong> economic significance of the<br />
Columbian Exchange.<br />
12. Identify <strong>and</strong> give the significance of: Bartoleme de Las<br />
Casas, Treaty of Tordesillas, fazendas, black legend, Casa de<br />
Contratacion, consulado, quinto, encomienda, the Portobello<br />
Fair, Prepartimento, hacienda, Potosi, creoles.<br />
13. Compare <strong>and</strong> contrast Spanish <strong>and</strong> Portuguese colonial rule<br />
in Central <strong>and</strong> South America.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Teaching the Latin American Survey 53<br />
14. Describe the economic systems developed in Central <strong>and</strong><br />
South America under the Spanish <strong>and</strong> the Portuguese.<br />
15. Detail the history of slavery in Central <strong>and</strong> South America.<br />
16. Compare <strong>and</strong> contrast the impact of slavery on Amerindians<br />
<strong>and</strong> Africans in Central <strong>and</strong> South America.<br />
17. List the reasons for the Wars of Independence in Latin<br />
America.<br />
18. Identify <strong>and</strong> give the significance of: San Martin, Toussaint<br />
L’Ouverture, Father Miguel Hidalgo, Simon Bolivar,<br />
Bernardo O’Higgins, Ilaneros, Father Jose Morelos y Pavon,<br />
Pedro I, caudillos.<br />
19. Compare <strong>and</strong> contrast the newly created Latin American<br />
nations of Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, Peru, <strong>and</strong> Uruguay.<br />
20. Describe the emerging Latin America after independence<br />
from Spain <strong>and</strong> Portugal.<br />
21. Describe the system of l<strong>and</strong> ownership <strong>and</strong> the social class<br />
system.<br />
22. Explain the role of Africans in Latin America’s economic<br />
systems.<br />
23. Evaluate the political systems established in Latin America.<br />
24. Evaluate the importance of foreign influence on Latin<br />
America.<br />
25. Compare <strong>and</strong> contrast the development socially,<br />
economically, <strong>and</strong> politically in Argentina, Brazil, Mexico,<br />
Peru, <strong>and</strong> Uruguay.<br />
26. List the problems historically confronting Latin America.<br />
27. Compare <strong>and</strong> contrast the Maya <strong>and</strong> Latin American<br />
perspectives or world views.<br />
28. List <strong>and</strong> give the significance of: Juan Manuel de Rosas,<br />
Bernardino Rivadavia, Justo Jose de Urquiza, nactionalismo,<br />
Eva <strong>and</strong> Juan Peron, Antonio Lopez de Santa Anna, La<br />
Reforma, Benito Juarez, Maximilian, Porfirio Diaz,<br />
Emiliano Zapata, Plan of Ayala, Pancho Villa, Institutional<br />
Revolutionary Party, Pedro II, Paraguayan Wars, Getulio<br />
Vargas.<br />
<strong>29</strong>. Explain the role of the United States in Latin American<br />
politics.<br />
30. Discuss the Latin American interpretation of democracy.<br />
31. Discuss <strong>and</strong> evaluate the role of the military in Latin<br />
American politics.<br />
32. Explain the significance of the native American <strong>and</strong> African<br />
politics in Latin American economies <strong>and</strong> social class<br />
system.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
54 Paquette<br />
33. Identify new European immigrate groups to Latin American<br />
arriving in the 20 th century.<br />
34. Explain the increasingly socialist role of the Roman Catholic<br />
Church in political, economic, <strong>and</strong> family issues.<br />
35. Identify Latin America’s greatest successes <strong>and</strong> biggest<br />
problems.<br />
*Unit I: 1-7.<br />
*Unit II: 8-16.<br />
*Unit III: 17-<strong>29</strong>.<br />
*Unit IV: 30-35.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Who is Responsible for the Limits of Jesuit Scientific <strong>and</strong> Technical<br />
Transmission from Europe to China in the Eighteenth Century?<br />
Benjamin A. Elman<br />
The talk will focus on why the Chinese did not learn about the<br />
“Newtonian Century” in Europe <strong>and</strong> its analytic style of mathematical<br />
reasoning until after the Opium War (1839–1842). Some still contend that<br />
the Qing state in 1793, for example, was too closed-minded to learn about<br />
the emerging early modern world. With hindsight, such views appear<br />
incontrovertible, but there were many external factors to China that help<br />
explain why the Newtonian revolution came so late in Asia, <strong>and</strong> not in the<br />
eighteenth century.<br />
1. The Jesuit Legacy in Seventeenth Century China<br />
• The Late Ming Calendar Crisis<br />
• Sino-Jesuit Accommodations <strong>and</strong> the Copernican<br />
Controversy<br />
2. Chinese Rejoinders in the Eighteenth Century<br />
• Kangxi <strong>and</strong> the Academy of Mathematics in Beijing<br />
• Mensuration <strong>and</strong> Cartography in the Manchu Empire<br />
• Medical Works <strong>and</strong> the Recovery of Antiquity<br />
• Revival of Ancient Chinese Mathematics<br />
3. The Jesuit Role in Qing Arts, Instruments, <strong>and</strong> Technology<br />
• Clock making in the Kangxi Era<br />
• Imperial Factories for Glassware<br />
• Jesuits <strong>and</strong> Garden Architecture<br />
4. Porcelain Factories in China<br />
• Jingdezhen Porcelain<br />
• Techniques for Porcelain Production<br />
5. Printing Technology <strong>and</strong> Book Publishing<br />
• The Book Trade in the South <strong>and</strong> Beijing<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
56 Elman<br />
• Imperial Support for Libraries <strong>and</strong> Publishing<br />
6. The Newtonian Century: An Analytic Style of Mathematical<br />
Reasoning in Europe<br />
• Newtonian <strong>Science</strong> in Engl<strong>and</strong><br />
• The French Century in <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> Engineering<br />
7. The Macartney Paradox<br />
Lord Macartney never presented the pulleys, air pump, chemical <strong>and</strong><br />
electrical contrivances, or even the steam engine models that he had on<br />
board. Nor did the mission present the chronometer to determine<br />
longitude that Macartney also brought as a possible gift. The chronometer<br />
would have been more efficient than the Jesuit method for surveying that<br />
the Manchus used to appraise their domains. Instead the apparatuses were<br />
returned to the British East India Company or given to his ship's mechanic<br />
<strong>and</strong> mathematician cum astronomer, James Dinwiddie (1746–1815), who<br />
lectured on them <strong>and</strong> presented some experiments in Guangzhou to the<br />
English Factory, which was attended by Chinese merchants. Macartney<br />
remarkably noted: “Had Dinwiddie remained at Canton <strong>and</strong> continued his<br />
courses, I dare say he might have soon realized a very considerable sum of<br />
money from his Chinese pupils alone.” Chinese merchant interests in<br />
Dinwiddie's experiments <strong>and</strong> contrivances in 1793 suggest that we should<br />
not be surprised when many Chinese quickly took notice of the<br />
engineering fruits of the industrial revolution after the Opium War.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
“<strong>Empires</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong>” Workshop Project<br />
Polynesian Technologies in Oceanic Voyaging <strong>and</strong> Navigation<br />
Douglas Rosentrater<br />
The cross-Pacific voyaging of Polynesian peoples is one of the great<br />
accomplishments of mankind, but still receives little acknowledgement as<br />
such. Through the late 1980’s these voyages were still diminished in<br />
history books as accidental incidents in which a few Polynesian canoes<br />
were greatly blown off course by storms to unknown isl<strong>and</strong>s, rather than<br />
the purposeful sailing <strong>and</strong> colonization of new isl<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> with return<br />
voyages to the original isl<strong>and</strong>s of departure.<br />
Larger than the North Atlantic that Columbus sailed, the Pacific<br />
represents ten million square miles of space, a bit larger than that of the<br />
continental United States. To miss any isl<strong>and</strong> by fifty miles, where its<br />
profile could not be seen on the horizon, could easily represent tragic<br />
disaster for any sailing ship in this immense space. Yet the important<br />
kahuna or expert role of the Polynesian navigator, who would have<br />
memorized generations of oral chants or meles which described the<br />
reaching of different isl<strong>and</strong>s, is profoundly different from that of the<br />
European navigator.<br />
In both outrigger <strong>and</strong> catamaran (double-hulled) construction <strong>and</strong><br />
traditional navigation, these also represent totally different technological<br />
approaches than that of European sailing ships <strong>and</strong> compass related<br />
navigation. The ancient Polynesians accomplished these voyages without<br />
metal for the ship fittings, canvas or cloth for sails, <strong>and</strong> printed maps. In<br />
addition to stored food <strong>and</strong> water for the voyage, those sailing fished for<br />
additional food <strong>and</strong> caught rain water.<br />
While controversial as to carbon dating of the earliest archeological<br />
finds, it seems clear that the voyages began around 400 CE for the first<br />
wave of settlement <strong>and</strong> then followed with a second wave lasting until<br />
between 1300 <strong>and</strong> 1400 CE. After that the voyages mysteriously ended<br />
although the oral traditions of such sailings continued their record on both<br />
sides of the Pacific. Outside contact would not begin again until Captain<br />
Cook’s three voyages starting in 1776.<br />
While much of the original Polynesian knowledge has been lost<br />
through the democide of traditions by colonial powers in the Pacific, the<br />
1975 voyage of the Hokule’a from Hawaii to Tahiti which recreated<br />
Polynesian outrigger design <strong>and</strong> non-western navigation reinvigorated this<br />
achievement by Pacific peoples. Since then, the Hokule’a (the name of the<br />
Polynesian guiding star Arcturus) <strong>and</strong> its sister ship the Hawai’iloa (built<br />
totally with more traditional materials than the first ship) have sailed ten<br />
successful voyages throughout the Pacific, Australia, <strong>and</strong> Japan <strong>and</strong> have<br />
served as an important reaffirmation of Polynesian identity. It is through<br />
their realms of science, applied design, <strong>and</strong> technologies, as well as their<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
58 Rosentrater<br />
determination, that history books must acknowledge these “starships of<br />
the Pacific.”<br />
In addition to research <strong>and</strong> insights gained by the author in living in<br />
Hawaii for six years, this paper refers extensively to the re-creative<br />
artwork of pre-contact Hawaii by Hawaiian artist <strong>and</strong> historian Herb<br />
Kawainue Kane (designated in 1984 as a Living Treasure of Hawaii), <strong>and</strong><br />
is presented as a classroom modular unit to establish underst<strong>and</strong>ings of the<br />
different technologies of the Polynesians. Please refer to the attached<br />
Power Point on Polynesian navigation. “Polynesians were the only deep<br />
water sailors in the world for at least 2000 years,” Herb Kane, Ancient<br />
Hawaii<br />
Classroom Projects:<br />
1. Examine the many excellent illustrations by Herb Kane on<br />
Polynesian voyaging <strong>and</strong> culture. As a painter/illustrator what sources<br />
might he have drawn upon for authenticity? What references did Captain<br />
Cook make in regard to Hawaiian outriggers in his three voyages to<br />
Hawaii starting in 1768? Note the differences between the smaller <strong>and</strong><br />
simpler outrigger to the more advanced catamaran designs.<br />
2. Notice that the sails of the original Polynesian outriggers are an<br />
inverted triangle—different from the more rectangular design of sails for<br />
western sailing ships. The concept of triangular sails for better control was<br />
brought back from the Middle Eastern dhows during the Crusades—but<br />
the Polynesian design reverses this.<br />
3. Using masking tape, outline the size of a Polynesian smaller<br />
outrigger or larger catamaran on an open space of the classroom floor.<br />
Although no original ships have survived, the double-hulled catamaran<br />
would have been at least sixty feet in length with a cross space <strong>and</strong> raised<br />
platform of about twelve to fifteen feet. Compare this to the approximate<br />
45 foot length of the two caravels, the Nina <strong>and</strong> the Pinta, that Columbus<br />
used on his first voyage <strong>and</strong> the hundredth foot length of the larger Santa<br />
Maria. Ask students to spend at least one class confined in that space.<br />
Assess their reactions in h<strong>and</strong>ling this, <strong>and</strong> also how would they h<strong>and</strong>le a<br />
protracted voyaging time, night <strong>and</strong> day, on such a ship in which high seas<br />
would often leave the crew members wet? Columbus’ first voyage was<br />
125 days in length, his second 206 days <strong>and</strong> the third 250 days while the<br />
Polynesian voyaging times seemed to have ranged from three to seven<br />
weeks in length depending upon winds <strong>and</strong> currents. The Hokule’a’s most<br />
recent trip from Hawaii to the Marshall Isl<strong>and</strong>s started January 23, 2007<br />
<strong>and</strong> reached its destination on March 15.<br />
4. Research the traditional sailing ship approach of tacking in which<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Polynesian Technologies 59<br />
the ship can seemingly maneuver against the prevailing winds <strong>and</strong><br />
currents.<br />
5. Including some live chickens (moa), dogs (ilio), <strong>and</strong> pigs (pua’a)<br />
along with the unintentional stowaway the Polynesian rat, what foods<br />
might have been stored on the Polynesian ships for the voyagers to eat? If<br />
they had included the bringing of seeds <strong>and</strong> plants for planting <strong>and</strong> crop<br />
growth in their new locations, what might have they been? Traditionally,<br />
they seemed to have brought coconut (niu), yam, banana (mai’a),<br />
breadfruit (ulu), sugarcane (ko), <strong>and</strong> taro (kalo). Research the staple of the<br />
taro plant which is found throughout the Pacific, <strong>and</strong> in Hawaii the taro is<br />
traditionally used to make poi. How much fresh water per person should<br />
have been carried on the outrigger <strong>and</strong> could rainfall have been counted<br />
on for sufficient replenishment of water?<br />
6. Research the mystery of the sweet potato (ipomoea batatas),<br />
which was originally developed in Peru <strong>and</strong> Columbia’s Andes but is<br />
found throughout Polynesia into South Asia, with its first identification<br />
around 300 CE in the Marquesas (rather than the closer to South America<br />
<strong>and</strong> Easter Isl<strong>and</strong>.) How might it have been spread across these immense<br />
distances (one example of distance is the 4,000 km from Easter Isl<strong>and</strong> to<br />
South America—Hawaii which is roughly in the middle of the Pacific is<br />
3,800 km west of San Francisco, 6,500 km east of Japan, <strong>and</strong> 7,300 km<br />
east of Australia)? Note that the Peruvian Quechua word for sweet potato<br />
is kumar <strong>and</strong> the sweet potato in Easter Isl<strong>and</strong> is termed kumara.<br />
7. Research the cultural diffusionist theory of Norwegian<br />
explorer/archeologist Thor Heyerdahl <strong>and</strong> others. What did Heyerdahl<br />
accomplish in his re-creation of ancient sailing ships (note: he used rafts<br />
<strong>and</strong> Polynesians never used rafts—he also had to hauled out off-shore at<br />
least 100 km to catch ocean currents rather than leaving from a reefencircled<br />
harbor—<strong>and</strong> relied predominantly on ocean currents rather than<br />
the wind.) Heyerdahl’s voyages such as Kon Tiki in1947 (101 day voyage<br />
of 4,300 miles from Peru to the Tuamoto Isl<strong>and</strong>s on a woven straw raft in<br />
the style of rafts from Peru/Bolivia’s Lake Titicaca), Ra <strong>and</strong> Ra II<br />
(Morocco to Barbados), <strong>and</strong> the Tigris (Pakistan to India by way of the<br />
Red Sea– although that voyage was not completed) evidenced that such<br />
voyages could be made. Why would the cultural diffusionist (all culture<br />
is originally generated from either South America or Atlantis) theory of<br />
Heyerdahl not hold true of supposed cross ocean voyages in the Atlantic<br />
(i.e. horses were not brought to the New World from the Old World, <strong>and</strong>,<br />
tobacco was not brought to the Old World from the New.) If there had<br />
been true two-way commerce in the ancient Atlantic these items <strong>and</strong> many<br />
more would be present on both sides of the Atlantic. Why might<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
60 Rosentrater<br />
Heyerdahl’s now greatly discredited theories about South American<br />
cultural development <strong>and</strong> Polynesian sailing ships be particularly<br />
aggravating to both South Americans <strong>and</strong> Polynesians?<br />
8. What do the Maori of New Zeal<strong>and</strong> meles or oral tradition chants<br />
tell us of their native origins? Despite British colonial rule, how have the<br />
Maori kept much of their culture intact <strong>and</strong> practiced into the 21st<br />
Century? How have the French approached Tahiti? What of American<br />
territories in the Pacific as well as the tragic history of the annexation of<br />
Hawaii?<br />
9. Locate an astronomy chart of the evening sky above the isl<strong>and</strong> of<br />
Hawaii. Compare it with a chart beneath the equator where the Southern<br />
Cross is visible. How might sightings of these <strong>and</strong> other stars, particularly<br />
in the rising points on the horizon, create navigational references for those<br />
sailing the Pacific?<br />
10. Research the construction <strong>and</strong> sailing in two voyages of the<br />
Hawaiian traditional outrigger, the Hokule’a (named after the traditional<br />
Polynesian navigation star known to us as Arcturus.). How did the<br />
Polynesian Voyaging Society h<strong>and</strong>le in 1975 the actual non-western<br />
navigating with their navigation person, Mau Piailug, who remembered<br />
the traditional ways of navigation <strong>and</strong> who had to be brought in from the<br />
Caroline Isl<strong>and</strong>s of Micronesia as this knowledge had been lost among<br />
other contemporary Polynesians? Why was the second voyage of the<br />
Hokule’a a disaster in which one crew member drowned <strong>and</strong> the voyage<br />
aborted? How did this ship <strong>and</strong> its later sister ship the Hawai’iloa<br />
represent Polynesian pride for both Hawaiians <strong>and</strong> other Polynesian<br />
peoples (Marquesans, Tahitians, Cook Isl<strong>and</strong>ers, Maori, Tongans, <strong>and</strong><br />
Samoans)? Polynesians continue to recreate these voyages today in the<br />
21st Century, even though for the Hawai’iloa there were no sixty foot koa<br />
trees available for the hulls (two hundred foot trees were donated by<br />
Indigenous people from British Columbia), no one remembered how to<br />
weave lauhala or p<strong>and</strong>anus leaves for the sails <strong>and</strong> sennit or coconut fiber<br />
into rope <strong>and</strong> cable for the outrigger.<br />
11. For non-western navigation, what could be predicted from the<br />
observation of ocean swells <strong>and</strong> currents both in open ocean <strong>and</strong> around<br />
isl<strong>and</strong>s, the rising points of the starts, the flight of sea terns <strong>and</strong> other<br />
birds, the reflection of l<strong>and</strong> upon clouds, the saltiness of sea-water from<br />
fresh water flowing into it, etc. How could a course be kept consistent<br />
during cloudy or storm weather? Note that Captain Cook retained the<br />
services of the Tahitian Tupaia, a traditional navigator, who through his<br />
memorization of the ancient navigation chants knew how to sail to 75<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Polynesian Technologies 61<br />
different isl<strong>and</strong>s in the Pacific from Tahiti, even though he had never been<br />
to any of them? Captain Cook would die in a fracas at Kealakekua Bay on<br />
the Big Isl<strong>and</strong> of Hawaii itself, <strong>and</strong> per the vulnerable immune system of<br />
pre-contact Polynesians Tupaia would die on board the British ship en<br />
route back to Engl<strong>and</strong>.<br />
12. How does the reaching of Tahiti from Hawaii, then back again,<br />
dispute the earlier held hypothesis of accidental voyaging by Sharp which<br />
discredited purposeful navigation by Polynesian ships?<br />
13. View the PBS film “Wayfarers: A Pacific Odyssey” by Gail<br />
Evenan that chronicles the saga of the Hokulea. How does it reflect<br />
frustration over lost traditions <strong>and</strong> technologies, as well as the many<br />
conflicts among the crew members?<br />
14. How might the reaching of the most remote isl<strong>and</strong>s in the Pacific<br />
such as Rapa Nui (Easter Isl<strong>and</strong>) have been accomplished, <strong>and</strong> the later<br />
settling by HMS Bounty mutineers of Pitcairn Isl<strong>and</strong>? How does the<br />
conflict between the short-ears <strong>and</strong> the long ears of Rapa Nui represent an<br />
ecological disaster for the biosphere of the isl<strong>and</strong>? What is known of the<br />
artificially created isl<strong>and</strong>s of Nan Madol <strong>and</strong> the Sadeleur Dynasty in<br />
Ponape, Micronesia? How did such locations seem to function as religious<br />
<strong>and</strong> pilgrimage centers?<br />
15. How does the Pacific voyaging compare with the cross-oceanic<br />
Atlantic voyaging of pre-Columbus sailors such as the Vikings <strong>and</strong> the<br />
more folkloric accounts of those like St. Brendan of Irel<strong>and</strong>? One radical<br />
revisionist theory evidencing cross-Atlantic exploring is that the huge<br />
round Olmec heads found in south Central Mexico have pronounced<br />
African features. What of the controversy of the pre-Columbus maps of<br />
Turkish admiral Piri Reis?<br />
16. What does genome tracking tell us of Pacific settlement, <strong>and</strong> then<br />
European RNA/DNA identified in pre-western contact indigenous<br />
remains (such as the supposed identification of Welsh genes in M<strong>and</strong>an<br />
Native American skeletons)? Linguistic studies also identify Polynesian<br />
languages as part of the larger Indo-Pacific languages, thus linking them<br />
to central Asia.<br />
17. How were the compass <strong>and</strong> the astrolabe developed? Do<br />
contemporary sailing ships rely on satellite tracking gps systems for<br />
navigation? What navigation tools would Christopher Columbus have<br />
used in his five voyages?<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
62 Rosentrater<br />
Resources<br />
Direct<br />
Kane, Herb Kawainue. Ancient Hawaii<br />
Finney, Ben R. The Hokulea: The Way to Tahiti<br />
Finney, Ben R. Voyage of Rediscovery: Cultural Odyssey through<br />
Polynesia<br />
Morrill, Sibley. Ponape—Where American Colonialism Confronts Black<br />
Magic, Five Kingdoms, <strong>and</strong> Nan Madol<br />
Indirect<br />
Bellwood, Peter. The Polynesians: Prehistory of an Isl<strong>and</strong> Culture<br />
Diamond, Jared. The Third Chimpanzee<br />
Heyerdahl, Thor. Kon-Tiki: Across the Pacific in a Raft.<br />
Heyerdahl, Thor. Fatu Hiva: Back to Nature.<br />
Heyerdahl, Thor. Aku Aku: The Secret of Easter Isl<strong>and</strong>.<br />
Kirch, Patrick. Feathered Gods <strong>and</strong> Fishhooks .<br />
Kirch, Patrick. On the Road of the Winds.<br />
Menzies, Gavin. 1421: The Year China Discovered America.<br />
Douglas Rosentrater taught at the University of Hawaii—Hilo Campus on<br />
the Big Isl<strong>and</strong> from 1970 to 1973 <strong>and</strong> followed his doctoral studies at the<br />
University of Hawaii—Manoa from 1977 to 1980.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Discovering Oceania<br />
Accessing Art to Make Connections <strong>and</strong> Create Context<br />
Lynn Dole<br />
When you think of Oceania or the Pacific Region, what comes to mind?<br />
When I first ask my students this question the responses range from<br />
typical expressions of uncertainty to “big ocean.” When prompted to<br />
associate images with the region, students invariably think of tropical<br />
isl<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> some suggest scenes from musicals or travel brochures. As<br />
Pacific Studies scholars have noted, it is not surprising that these<br />
simplistic stereotypes are the predominant associations with a vast <strong>and</strong><br />
diverse region. Even the world maps commonly used in classrooms bisect<br />
the Pacific so that its size is not readily apparent.<br />
All too often in the typical history survey course, the Pacific receives<br />
only passing attention. It wasn’t until historian Damon Salesa raised<br />
questions about the Pacific during his presentation at the <strong>Empires</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>Science</strong> workshop that I realized how thoroughly I have neglected this<br />
region in my own teaching. The experience prompted me to consider<br />
ways that I could more effectively incorporate study of Oceania into<br />
history or humanities courses.<br />
This curriculum unit could be used in a survey course not only to<br />
enrich the study of a frequently neglected region (Oceania) but also to<br />
introduce students to historiography, research methods, visual literacy,<br />
<strong>and</strong> contemporary scholarship related to the Pacific <strong>and</strong> to art. This unit<br />
emphasizes asking questions, engaging with contemporary theoretical<br />
perspectives, <strong>and</strong> challenging assumptions <strong>and</strong> stereotypes. It asks big<br />
questions such as: How do we know what we know? What is art? Who<br />
decides? How does the way information or ideas are organized influence<br />
our underst<strong>and</strong>ing? How is “history” constructed? Students examine the<br />
way the region is presented in common texts <strong>and</strong> then they create an<br />
alternative presentation while developing their visual literacy <strong>and</strong> research<br />
skills. Students will use a method of close analysis to examine an artifact<br />
from the region <strong>and</strong> ultimately pair this with work by a contemporary<br />
artist.<br />
Beginning with what students know, I start with the question that<br />
opened this article: When you think of Oceania or the Pacific Region,<br />
what comes to mind? When pressed, my students generated references to<br />
some specific locations (Hawai’i), a few commented on historical events<br />
such as World War II or the voyages of Magellan <strong>and</strong> Cook, <strong>and</strong> several<br />
noted exotic images of isl<strong>and</strong> paradise. Pausing to look at the region on a<br />
Pacific-centered world map, we ask why we know so little about this vast<br />
area <strong>and</strong> what the implications of this lack of awareness might be. We<br />
will return to these essential questions throughout the unit. Revisiting the<br />
short list of what my students know of the Pacific, I ask them to consider<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
64 Dole<br />
where their ideas came from. My students identified these sources of<br />
information: history textbooks, magazines such as National Geographic,<br />
tourism advertisements, <strong>and</strong> the musical South Pacific.<br />
In Reading National Geographic (1993) Catherine A. Lutz <strong>and</strong> Jane<br />
L. Collins demonstrated that the Pacific region is over-represented in<br />
National Geographic coverage <strong>and</strong> certain persistent images <strong>and</strong> themes<br />
have dominated its presentation. Closely examining a specific issue of the<br />
magazine gives students an introduction to the content analysis research<br />
method; students can explore patterns by individually examining an<br />
article, noting the content of photographs <strong>and</strong> captions, <strong>and</strong> comparing<br />
their findings. After they have made their own observations, students can<br />
more fully appreciate the analysis of “The National Geographic’s Pacific”<br />
in Lutz <strong>and</strong> Collins, pages 133–150. Other articles that provide models of<br />
this kind of analysis include David Hyndman’s work on the<br />
“representation of the Melanesian Other” (2000) <strong>and</strong> Max Quanchi’s “The<br />
Euro-American Psyche <strong>and</strong> the Imaging of Samoa in the Early 20th<br />
Century” (at the Japan Focus website).<br />
In contrast to the popular culture of National Geographic magazine,<br />
what references to the Pacific appear in history textbooks? Using the<br />
same content analysis skills students practiced with the National<br />
Geographic, they examine a variety of history textbooks. They explore<br />
questions such as: When <strong>and</strong> how is the Pacific presented? What images,<br />
including maps <strong>and</strong> photographs, accompany this coverage? How much<br />
information is provided about the Pacific? Using the analysis approaches<br />
they saw modeled by Lutz <strong>and</strong> Collins <strong>and</strong> Hyndman, students can discuss<br />
the implications of these representations. This then leads to inquiry into:<br />
What is missing? What are the effects of this limited coverage? Whose<br />
voices do we hear <strong>and</strong> whose don’t we hear?<br />
The Historic Waikiki website (http://www.downwindproductions.<br />
com/) produced by Downwind Productions provides a model for<br />
exploring these questions in more depth. Students can explore the<br />
contrast between the images cultivated through tourism <strong>and</strong> the reality as<br />
expressed by people who live in Waikiki, Hawai’i. The interactive project<br />
asks viewers to confront their own stereotypes. Given the earlier steps in<br />
this curriculum unit students will have some sense of where their<br />
stereotypes come from <strong>and</strong> through discussion of this website they can<br />
discuss some of the implications of these stereotypes.<br />
At this point I challenge students to think about how they would<br />
improve representation of the Pacific. Having critically analyzed the<br />
coverage in the National Geographic <strong>and</strong> history textbooks, what might<br />
they recommend doing differently? To support students as they reflect on<br />
their experience with the Historic Waikiki website, <strong>and</strong> particularly as<br />
they consider the contrast between stereotypical representations <strong>and</strong><br />
alternative interpretations of events, I recommend the essay “Ways of<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Discovering Oceania 65<br />
Seeing: Evidence <strong>and</strong> Learning in the History Classroom”, in which five<br />
historians share their experience with the Visible Knowledge Project<br />
(VKP). This article is a useful resource for the instructor as Coventry et<br />
al. (2006) discuss ways to engage students in using visual resources to<br />
develop a more sophisticated underst<strong>and</strong>ing of history.<br />
To prepare students for the transition from being passive consumers<br />
of history to developing their own constructions as historians, they begin<br />
by generating questions that they will answer through more research. The<br />
Secretariat of the Pacific <strong>Community</strong> (http://www.spc.int/AC/region.htm)<br />
provides a brief introduction to the region’s geography, including<br />
identifying member states of the organization. The commonly used<br />
categorizations of Micronesia, Polynesia, <strong>and</strong> Melanesia should be<br />
addressed: what are the implications of grouping isl<strong>and</strong>s into regions<br />
denoted as “small isl<strong>and</strong>s”, “many isl<strong>and</strong>s”, <strong>and</strong> “black isl<strong>and</strong>s”<br />
respectively? How does this terminology influence perceptions? Students<br />
can pause to consider how these terms came into use.<br />
As students begin to consider how language structures thinking, I<br />
recommend two articles that explore how the very notion of the Pacific<br />
region is a contested space. In his influential essay “Our Sea of Isl<strong>and</strong>s”<br />
(1993) Epeli Hau’ofa examines the significance of the terms Pacific <strong>and</strong><br />
Oceania. As he writes, “There is a world of difference between viewing<br />
the Pacific as ‘isl<strong>and</strong>s in a far sea’ <strong>and</strong> as ‘a sea of isl<strong>and</strong>s.’” (a distinction<br />
of terminology that Hau’ofa credits to Eric Waddell). Pausing to reflect<br />
on the way these two phrases shape our underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the region, <strong>and</strong><br />
reading Hau’ofa’s insightful discussion of the term Oceania provides<br />
students with a perspective from a scholar in the region. In an article for<br />
the American Historical Review Matt Matsuda discusses the construction<br />
of the Pacific as a region (2006). An additional resource is the January<br />
2005 issue of Common-Place (http://www.common-place.org/vol-05/no-<br />
02/) which focuses on the Pacific <strong>and</strong> provides additional accessible<br />
essays on the historical construction of this region as an area of study.<br />
Having established some of this theoretical background, I challenge<br />
students to think about what a museum exhibit from the region might look<br />
like. Would you use the term Oceania or Pacific? Why? What would<br />
you include in an exhibit on the region? How would you provide context<br />
for visitors who may not be familiar with the area? If this is the first time<br />
students have considered museum exhibits as a means of representation, I<br />
engage them in reflection about their own experiences in museums <strong>and</strong><br />
what factors shape the visitor’s response to a display.<br />
Several museums feature virtual exhibits online: the Auckl<strong>and</strong><br />
Museum’s Te Kakano Pacific People Information Center has a virtual<br />
gallery (http://tekakano.auckl<strong>and</strong>museum.com/virtualgallery_pacific.asp?<br />
database=pacific&subhead=Virtual%20Gallery) <strong>and</strong> the Metropolitan<br />
Museum of Art offers several gallery tours on YouTube, including Views<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
66 Dole<br />
of the New Galleries for Oceanic Art. As students “tour” these exhibits I<br />
encourage them to generate comments <strong>and</strong> questions <strong>and</strong> then share their<br />
observations. We discuss initial impressions <strong>and</strong> then consider what<br />
contextual information is needed to more fully appreciate these artifacts.<br />
Once students have “toured” the Met’s exhibit I recommend that they hear<br />
the curator’s interpretation through the YouTube video Curatorial<br />
Perspective from Eric Kjellgren, Evelyn A.J. Hall <strong>and</strong> John A. Friede<br />
Associate Curator, Arts of Africa, Oceania, <strong>and</strong> the Americas<br />
Metropolitan Museum of Art. This also provides an opportunity for<br />
discussing the role of the curator in selecting, presenting, <strong>and</strong> organizing<br />
artifacts for an exhibit. I emphasize that there are many choices that<br />
contribute to the final product.<br />
I explain that students will be developing their own small exhibits by<br />
selecting an artifact from the region, examining it closely, conducting<br />
research to develop context, <strong>and</strong> presenting it with an interpretative<br />
explanation. To prepare students for closely examining an artifact, I<br />
introduce them to Jules Prown’s methodology as outlined in his essay<br />
“Mind in Matter: An introduction to material culture theory <strong>and</strong><br />
method”(1982). This multi-step process from description through<br />
deduction <strong>and</strong> speculation helps viewers examine an object closely.<br />
Prown has provided instruction in his method to teachers at the Yale-New<br />
Haven Teachers Institute (http://www.yale.edu/ynhti/ ) who have prepared<br />
curriculum units incorporating this approach to object analysis. Two<br />
examples from the website include the curriculum units “African Art <strong>and</strong><br />
Aesthetics” by Val-Jean Belton <strong>and</strong> “Artifacts: Bringing the Past Back to<br />
Life—the Mexican Case” by Luis Recalde.<br />
I model Prown’s methodology by selecting one of the three artifacts<br />
on display at the Smithsonian Museum’s Pacific Cultures exhibit at the<br />
National Museum of Natural History (http://www.mnh.si.edu/museum/<br />
VirtualTour/Tour/First/Pacific/): a statue from Easter Isl<strong>and</strong>, a stone<br />
valuable from Yap, <strong>and</strong> a stick navigational chart from the Marshall<br />
Isl<strong>and</strong>s. The thematic essay on art from Easter Isl<strong>and</strong> by Eric Kjellgren<br />
<strong>and</strong> Jennifer Wagelie from the Metropolitan Museum<br />
(http://www.metmuseum.org/TOAH/HD/eais/hd_eais.htm) provides the<br />
instructor with valuable background information to support a more<br />
thorough presentation about the Easter Isl<strong>and</strong> statue.<br />
The first step in Prown’s approach is a detailed description of the<br />
piece based on what can be observed, including its physical dimensions,<br />
the material it is made of, <strong>and</strong> descriptions of details such as color,<br />
texture, any design <strong>and</strong> decorative features, etc. I display the image for<br />
the whole class to see <strong>and</strong> I ask each student to comment on something<br />
that he or she observes about the object; as each student contributes<br />
another observation we go beyond the obvious to noting details that were<br />
not noted by the first students.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Discovering Oceania 67<br />
The second step of Prown’s methodology is deduction, which refers<br />
to the relationship between the object <strong>and</strong> the perceiver. I begin by asking<br />
students: What would it be like to interact with the object? If they could<br />
h<strong>and</strong>le or use the object, what would they experience? Prown refers to<br />
sensory engagement (How does the object feel, taste, smell, sound? How<br />
does the object feel?), intellectual engagement (What does the object do?<br />
How does the object perform? What role might we play with the object?<br />
Who would use the object <strong>and</strong> how?), <strong>and</strong> emotional response (What is<br />
our emotional response to the object? Curiosity, indifference, fear, delight,<br />
etc.) As we discuss these responses we consider our cultural biases,<br />
reflecting on how we make associations with the familiar <strong>and</strong> the<br />
unfamiliar. The third step is speculation, which takes place in the mind of<br />
the perceiver. This includes creative imagining <strong>and</strong> free association, then<br />
reviewing what is known to develop hypotheses <strong>and</strong> plan a program of<br />
research to investigate questions that emerged from the analysis of the<br />
material evidence.<br />
Having modeled this process with one of the artifacts from the<br />
Smithsonian site, I have students work in small groups to apply Prown’s<br />
methodology to one of the remaining objects. Within the small groups<br />
one student records all the questions while another records the answers.<br />
As teams present their work to the class, we develop a series of questions<br />
that can guide their individual work. We also discuss how an object in<br />
isolation is hard to underst<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> the importance of finding context.<br />
Students now begin the individual research phase of the unit. Their<br />
task is to locate an artifact from the region, apply Prown’s methodology to<br />
closely analyze it, conduct research to provide context, <strong>and</strong> create a<br />
display that features the artifact, with textual support. The final display<br />
will include an informative caption, the text of their questions <strong>and</strong><br />
answers using Prown’s method, a locator map, <strong>and</strong> a well-written<br />
explanation of the context of the piece modeled on the thematic essays in<br />
the Timeline of Art History section of the Metropolitan Museum of Art.<br />
(http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hi/te_index.asp?i=26).<br />
In addition to the Auckl<strong>and</strong> Museum (http://tekakano.auckl<strong>and</strong>museu<br />
m.com/virtualgallery_pacific.asp?database=pacific&subhead=Virtual%20<br />
Gallery) <strong>and</strong> Metropolitan Museum of Art (http://www.metmuseum.org/<br />
special/new_galleries/oceanic_images.asp), other sources of images of<br />
Oceanic art include the Fowler Museum at UCLA (http://collections.fow<br />
ler.ucla.edu/mwebcgi/mweb.exe?request=hiersearch;id=21000;type=801)<br />
<strong>and</strong> the materials linked to the Art History Resources on the Web site<br />
maintained by Professor Christopher Witcombe at Sweet Briar <strong>College</strong><br />
(http://witcombe.sbc.edu/ARTHamericasoceania.html#oceania). The<br />
British Museum features two online exhibits: “Power & Taboo: sacred<br />
objects from the Pacific” <strong>and</strong> “The Pacific: Gods <strong>and</strong> People”<br />
(http://www.britishmuseum.org/explore/online_tours/pacific.aspx).<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
68 Dole<br />
As students prepare to put their artifacts into cultural context by<br />
conducting further research on the society where it originated, I suggest<br />
that they explore the Pacific Worlds website http://www.<br />
pacificworlds.com/ that features a virtual tour of some communities. The<br />
Special Collections website at the Libraries of the University of Hawai’i<br />
Manoa features a number of links to regional resources<br />
(http://libweb.hawaii.edu/libdept/pacific/html/cultural.html).<br />
When students have prepared their displays (which may be in poster<br />
form or PowerPoint presentations), I suggest that the class engage in a<br />
gallery walk, taking in all of the exhibits. To prepare students for class<br />
discussion I ask them to reflect on why they selected the artifact they<br />
chose <strong>and</strong> what they learned about the piece <strong>and</strong> the specific isl<strong>and</strong> where<br />
it originated through their research. To the whole class I pose the<br />
question: How did these artifacts come to be included in a museum?<br />
Since all of the artifacts they have selected came from museum collections<br />
online, they have participated in choosing from artifacts that have already<br />
been archived. I ask students to consider how this artifact came to be part<br />
of a museum collection. This leads to the larger questions: What is art?<br />
Who decides? Students may notice that in many cases the original<br />
captions associated with the artifact often reveal very little about the artist<br />
who crafted the piece, but may indicate the name of the collector. We<br />
consider how these artifacts can appear to be out of context <strong>and</strong> out of<br />
time in many exhibits. This theoretical discussion provides the basis for<br />
asking additional questions: What more can we do to contextualize <strong>and</strong><br />
bring these artifacts to life?<br />
For this component of the lesson I am inspired by the Intersections:<br />
Native American Art in a New Light exhibit at the Peabody Essex<br />
Museum in Salem, Massachusetts; the exhibit pairs contemporary art with<br />
historic artifacts. Laurie Beth Kalb, who co-curated the exhibition with<br />
Karen Kramer, explains that the Intersections exhibit “focuses on<br />
connections––between the traditional <strong>and</strong> the personal, the present <strong>and</strong> the<br />
past, the Native <strong>and</strong> the non-Native, <strong>and</strong> Indigenous <strong>and</strong> Western media.<br />
It emphasizes the creative possibilities <strong>and</strong> the dynamic tensions that arise<br />
from aesthetic, cultural, <strong>and</strong> political influences” (Kalb). I ask students to<br />
find another source or artifact that they can pair with their original object<br />
to provide additional perspective on the artifact. I encourage students to<br />
consider potential companion pieces that are works of contemporary art,<br />
literature, poetry, or music. We discuss how a thoughtful selection can<br />
enhance how each piece is viewed <strong>and</strong> interpreted. As a model I show<br />
students art historian Dana Leibsohn’s examination of two images at the<br />
World History Matters website http://chnm.gmu.edu/worldhistorysources/<br />
analyzing/mcimages/mcimgsq9.html. Although her focus is another<br />
historic era <strong>and</strong> region, the opportunity to hear an art historian discuss the<br />
specific details of a work <strong>and</strong> the interaction of pieces is instructive.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Discovering Oceania 69<br />
Another resource for preparing students to discuss connections between<br />
two works of art is the Double Vision activity at the Eyes on Art website<br />
http://www.kn.pacbell.com/wired/art2/double/double.html.<br />
Students can look for sources of potential companion artifacts at a<br />
number of websites, including the Paradise Now? Contemporary Art from<br />
the Pacific exhibit at the Asia Society <strong>and</strong> Museum<br />
(http://www.asianart.com/exhibitions/paradise/index.html), the Tautai<br />
Contemporary Pacific Arts Trust (http://www.tautaipacific.com<br />
aboutus.html), Out of the Blue: Contemporary Maori <strong>and</strong> Pacific Art<br />
(http://www.pacificart.co.nz/), <strong>and</strong> arTok Pacific Arts Online (http://<br />
www.abc.net.au/arts/artok/default.htm), an ABC Online-Radio Australia<br />
initiative. I encourage students to consider other media, including music<br />
at the Oceania music site at National Geographic (http://worldmusic.<br />
nationalgeographic.com/worldmusic/view/page.basic/region/content.regio<br />
n/oceania_5) <strong>and</strong> literature such as the Literature of the Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong>s<br />
website (http://www.people.cornell.edu/pages/emd23/Pacific/LPI.html<br />
#12). As students are making their selections I engage them in discussion<br />
<strong>and</strong> reflection about how this choice will interact with their original<br />
artifact. Students apply Prown’s methodology to examining the second<br />
work <strong>and</strong> prepare a display that partners with the work they produced for<br />
their first object. They link the two through a reflective essay that<br />
discusses their choices <strong>and</strong> the themes that they develop through the<br />
pairing. After a gallery walk of the paired presentations I engage students<br />
in reflecting on the process of this unit. Returning to the initial question<br />
about What do you know about the Pacific/Oceania? I ask students to<br />
comment on what they want visitors to their exhibits to know about the<br />
region.<br />
Works Cited<br />
Coventry, Michael, Peter Felten, David Jaffee, Cecilia O'Leary, Tracey<br />
Weis, <strong>and</strong> with Susannah McGowan, “Ways of Seeing: Evidence <strong>and</strong><br />
Learning in the History Classroom.” The Journal of American<br />
History 92.4 (2006): 77 pars. 20 Aug. 2008 .<br />
Downwind Productions. Historic Waikiki.<br />
.<br />
Hau’ofa, Epeli. “Our Sea of Isl<strong>and</strong>s.” We are the Ocean: Selected Works.<br />
Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press 2001: 27–40.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
70 Dole<br />
Hyndman, David. “Dominant Discourses of Power Relations <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Melanesian Other: Interpreting the Eroticized, Effeminizing Gaze in<br />
National Geographic.” Cultural Analysis, vol. 1, 2000.<br />
.<br />
Kalb, Laurie Beth, quoted in press release for Intersections, Native<br />
American Art in a New Light. Peabody Essex Museum. May 8,<br />
2006. .<br />
Kjellgren, Eric. Curatorial Perspective from Eric Kjellgren, Evelyn A.J.<br />
Hall <strong>and</strong> John A. Friede Associate Curator, Arts of Africa, Oceania,<br />
<strong>and</strong> the Americas Metropolitan Museum of Art. Metropolitan<br />
Museum of Art. YouTube.<br />
Kjellgren, Eric, <strong>and</strong> Jennifer Wagelie. "Easter Isl<strong>and</strong>". In Timeline of Art<br />
History. New York: The Metropolitan Museum of Art, 2000–October<br />
2002. <br />
Leibsohn, Dana. “Analyzing Images.” World History Matters. Center for<br />
History <strong>and</strong> New Media.<br />
.<br />
Lutz, Catherine A. <strong>and</strong> Jane L. Collins. Reading National Geographic.<br />
Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1993.<br />
Matsuda, Matt K. “AHR Forum: The Pacific.” The American Historical<br />
Review 111.3 (2006)<br />
.<br />
Prown, Jules. “Mind in Matter: an introduction to material culture theory<br />
<strong>and</strong> method”, in Susan M. Pearce, (ed.), Interpreting Objects <strong>and</strong><br />
Collections, London <strong>and</strong> New York, Routledge, 1994, pp.133 –138.<br />
Quanchi, Max. “The Euro-American Psyche <strong>and</strong> the Imaging of Samoa in<br />
the Early 20th Century.” Japan Focus.<br />
.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Underst<strong>and</strong>ing "Pacific Epistemology" as a New Knowledge System<br />
John Ratté<br />
This brief paper is intended to introduce teachers <strong>and</strong> students of global<br />
knowledge systems, comparative studies in humanities <strong>and</strong> the social<br />
sciences, <strong>and</strong> world history to a current movement in thought among<br />
academics in the Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong>s. * The topic is of great significance for<br />
Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong> studies; it has much to offer teachers of world history. The<br />
discussion can be followed in the pages of The Contemporary Pacific<br />
(University of Hawaii) where the articles discussed below offer<br />
substantial case studies of Pacific knowledge systems at work in rural<br />
communities, businesses, <strong>and</strong> church communities, <strong>and</strong> extensive<br />
bibliographies in aid of the study of sources <strong>and</strong> influences.<br />
Preceding, in some cases, <strong>and</strong> perhaps inspiring works in various<br />
fields of social science <strong>and</strong> education are Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong> writers who have<br />
called for both the recognition <strong>and</strong> further development of unique Pacific<br />
way of knowing. In 2001, <strong>and</strong> again in 2003 <strong>and</strong> 2006, the Fijian writer<br />
Subramani, professor of literature at the University of the South Pacific in<br />
Fiji was a leading voice calling for a coherent approach to south pacific<br />
knowledge systems, both at conferences <strong>and</strong> in published essays. “What I<br />
propose," he wrote,<br />
is the construction of a body of knowledge encompassing<br />
the kaleidoscope of Oceanic cultures <strong>and</strong> tracing diverse<br />
<strong>and</strong> complex forms of knowledge—philosophies,<br />
cartographies, language, genealogies <strong>and</strong> repressed<br />
knowledges. Such a mammoth project would blur the<br />
usual disciplinary boundaries, including the divisions of<br />
oral speech from written materials <strong>and</strong> of visual imagery<br />
from music <strong>and</strong> performance. And it would juxtapose the<br />
popular, commonsensical, <strong>and</strong> personal with the<br />
scientific. Such work would treat Oceania as a<br />
complicated, multilayered stage on which isl<strong>and</strong> scholars<br />
would reinscribe the new epistemologies—their own<br />
epistemologies.<br />
Subramani saw the proposed project as both critical <strong>and</strong> constructive.<br />
These new epistemologies "would at once involve the critique of<br />
oppressive systems of thinking—enlightenment’s assumptions about<br />
* In writing this paper I have benefited immeasurably from Lou Ratté’s knowledge <strong>and</strong><br />
critical readings of these texts <strong>and</strong> from her constructive criticism, over several rewrites, of<br />
my argument.<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
72 John Ratté<br />
modernization as well as Oceania’s patriarchal conventions <strong>and</strong> invented<br />
traditions—<strong>and</strong> entail an exploration into ‘Oceania’s library’ (the<br />
knowledge its peoples possess)."<br />
Such an assignment would be deconstructive <strong>and</strong> thereby<br />
reconstitutive, its task would be to establish a set of<br />
problematics rather than to advance any ideological<br />
position, gr<strong>and</strong> narratives, or complete theories. The<br />
project would avoid dreams of completion, it would allow<br />
impurities <strong>and</strong> accommodate important flaws. In such an<br />
arena “literature” could begin to play its role, for<br />
“literature” is a critical site of oceanic imaginary, <strong>and</strong> this<br />
work of reimagining includes the outlines of new<br />
epistemologies.<br />
Subramani, in spite of key phrases like "the new epistemologies" <strong>and</strong><br />
"their own epistemologies" warned against the temptation to essentialize<br />
Pacific knowledge in a "reverse orientalism":<br />
The Pacific region is already too diverse, has always been<br />
diverse, <strong>and</strong> cultural homogeneity is neither possible nor<br />
desirable. No one believes that our cultures can be<br />
restored in their pristine identity. In order to reclaim<br />
discourses <strong>and</strong> to reconstitute an appropriate language<br />
that reflects oceanic cosmologies, Pacific isl<strong>and</strong>s scholars<br />
<strong>and</strong> researchers need great intellectual flexibility <strong>and</strong><br />
vitality to negotiate between co-existing cultural<br />
practices. Reverse orientalism is as dangerous for Pacific<br />
societies as allowing present hegemonic structures to<br />
continue.<br />
Nonetheless, "Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong> writers <strong>and</strong> scholars are justified in regarding<br />
western intellectual traditions as barriers to underst<strong>and</strong>ing the<br />
contemporary Pacific, specially the claim of universalism that works<br />
against minorities <strong>and</strong> serves the interests of established subject positions,<br />
thus reinforcing the structures of domination. Here Edward Said’s<br />
warning is relevant when he says that not many Western intellectuals <strong>and</strong><br />
theorists are “reliable allies in the resistance to imperialism—on the<br />
contrary, one may suspect that they are part of the same ‘universalism’<br />
that connected culture <strong>and</strong> imperialism for centuries." (Subramani; Said<br />
278.)<br />
The work of a number of social scientists published in The<br />
Contemporary Pacific, some prompted by Subramani's paper, can help us<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Underst<strong>and</strong>ing "Pacific Epistemology" 73<br />
to underst<strong>and</strong> the project Subramani proposed. Their arguments for a<br />
Pacific epistemology can be located on a spectrum ranging from the kind<br />
of "reverse Orientalism" against which Subramani issues a warning, to the<br />
identification of the pragmatic utility of tradition <strong>and</strong> custom in the<br />
modern, or post-modern, moment which both rejects some, <strong>and</strong> embraces<br />
other, aspects of Euro-American social science, philosophy, <strong>and</strong> religion.<br />
These scholars make two arguments. First, they offer examples of<br />
individual behavior <strong>and</strong> social action in which they see ways of knowing,<br />
thinking <strong>and</strong> problem solving by isl<strong>and</strong> peoples which owe little or<br />
nothing to western modernity, even though these people live in a complex<br />
world where custom or tradition co-exist with modern institutions. These<br />
ways of reasoning really work: they enable isl<strong>and</strong>ers to relate to the<br />
cosmos <strong>and</strong> to their people, <strong>and</strong> to resolve, drawing on wisdom traditions,<br />
hard matters like l<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> dowry disputes, <strong>and</strong>, in the case of the young<br />
men of Kwara'ae David Welchman Gegeo <strong>and</strong> Karen Watson-Gegeo<br />
study so closely, to undertake environmentally sensitive limited programs<br />
of economic development that fit the resources <strong>and</strong> needs of isl<strong>and</strong><br />
ecologies <strong>and</strong> economies. (The Kwara‘ae Genealogy Project, West<br />
Kwara‘ae, Malaita, Solomon Isl<strong>and</strong>. Gegeo <strong>and</strong> Watson Gegeo, 2001.)<br />
Second, they argue that these native ways of knowing, long regarded<br />
as inferior by westerners, actually correspond in their workings to the<br />
methods used in describing <strong>and</strong> analyzing human behavior put forth by<br />
the newest western natural <strong>and</strong> social science. Post-modern science, they<br />
say,—using the term to include physics, medicine, social science,<br />
particularly anthropology, <strong>and</strong> epistemology—has superseded the<br />
mechanistic, dualistic, scientism of Euro-America in the 17 th to 19 th<br />
centuries with its claim to universal derivation <strong>and</strong> applicability.<br />
They further argue that the new pragmatic Euro-American science<br />
can be seen as complementing <strong>and</strong> confirming, the "always already"<br />
meaningful, fitting, useful, appropriate character of Pacific thought. It is<br />
the old science, the science of positivism, insistent always that the<br />
European way of knowing is superior <strong>and</strong> universal, that condescended<br />
<strong>and</strong> deemed "native" thought to be "merely cultural"(Darcy 11,12 ) <strong>and</strong><br />
not effective, constructive, <strong>and</strong> 'true' in the way in which truth is assessed<br />
in American pragmatism.<br />
Pacific epistemology is not just tradition rediscovered, reasserted,<br />
defended, although, as Subrmani insisted, it is part that. It is tradition<br />
shown to be up-to-date, fresh, current, useful in approaching religion<br />
(Huffer <strong>and</strong> Qalo 90–99) politics, <strong>and</strong> economic <strong>and</strong> social growth, or<br />
diflopmen, [pidgin for development] (Gegeo <strong>and</strong> Watson-Gegeo 389:<br />
"Diflopmen is seen as 'alive in contrast to bisnis, which is seen as 'dead.'")<br />
as opposed to national, bureaucratically directed development or western<br />
modernization. And finally, it is tradition reimagined for education, both<br />
in academic study of Pacific cultures <strong>and</strong> societies, <strong>and</strong> for the formation<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
74 John Ratté<br />
of youth in new schools based on indigenous ways of knowing. (Meyer;<br />
Nee Benham).<br />
In these texts there is also a dialectic with Euro-American ways of<br />
knowing in which parallelism can be displaced by rejection. Thus<br />
Manulani Aluli Meyer writes: "Like any definition of culture put forth by<br />
indigenous practitioners <strong>and</strong> scholars, it pushes the envelope of what it<br />
means to think, exist, <strong>and</strong> struggle as a nonmainstream 'other,' <strong>and</strong> as it<br />
details the liberation found in identity, it must also, inevitably, outline the<br />
system that deters its full blossoming." (Meyer) For Meyer, who is at the<br />
‘strong’ end of the spectrum of arguments for uniqueness, there is no<br />
question that in its fundamental principles Pacific epistemology must<br />
displace, or take precedence over, Euro-American ways of thinking.<br />
Meyer presses the point of difference that comes as an ancillary to the<br />
argument for a uniquely Hawaiian way of knowing to a full-blown<br />
relativism of knowledge, place <strong>and</strong> culture when she writes:<br />
Empiricism claims that all knowledge is derived from<br />
experience <strong>and</strong> that this experience is a product of our<br />
five senses….I believe that a farmer from Iowa will have<br />
an empirical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of his cornfield that is far<br />
different from mine, a girl born on the shore of Mokapu.<br />
The fundamental notion that our very senses are culturally<br />
educated has become the 'situational' <strong>and</strong> 'relativistic'<br />
argument in philosophy, <strong>and</strong>, because of this, the<br />
universalizing of Hawaiian epistemology is not possible."<br />
(Op cit, Note 3, 147)<br />
Similarly, Huffer <strong>and</strong> Qalo, commenting on the work of Gegeo <strong>and</strong><br />
Watson-Gegeo on the Kwara'ae, make a sharp distinction between the two<br />
knowledge systems: "In addition," they write, referring to the work of the<br />
Gegeos, "the Kwara'ae concepts have a strong aesthetic quality because<br />
they are closely tied to the senses, unlike many western philosophical<br />
concepts, which have become much more disconnected from both the<br />
subject <strong>and</strong> the senses." Some even see vital traditional ways of doing<br />
mathematics which owe nothing to the West as do Meyer (op cit) <strong>and</strong><br />
Huffer <strong>and</strong> Qalo (Huffer <strong>and</strong> Qalo).<br />
Also at the strong end is the assertion made by Maenette<br />
Kape'ahiokalani nee-Benham, the new director of the School of Hawaiian<br />
Knowledge at the University of Hawaii at Manoa, who announced at the<br />
recent Pacific Alternatives Conference (East West Center, March, <strong>2009</strong>):<br />
"Western science <strong>and</strong> medicine are seeing that what they are now<br />
knowing <strong>and</strong> how they are now knowing we have always known." And<br />
yet Nee-Benham also calls for hana (convergence, in Hawai'ian) of<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Underst<strong>and</strong>ing "Pacific Epistemology" 75<br />
traditional <strong>and</strong> western ways of knowing. There is here a deft linking of a<br />
soft approach to scholarly research <strong>and</strong> a strong approach to teaching<br />
young Hawaiians to be confidant in their culture.<br />
Manuka Henare, associate dean for Maori <strong>and</strong> Pacific Development<br />
at the University of Aukl<strong>and</strong> Business School argued, in his presentation<br />
at the same conference, for a "Pasifika business <strong>and</strong> economic<br />
epistemology," "economies of affection," <strong>and</strong> a "pluralism ethics"—all to<br />
be found in a "Maori cosmology" <strong>and</strong> all contrasting with western ideas of<br />
the "self-regulating market," <strong>and</strong> the "unitary self-interest[ed] ethics of<br />
capitalism.". Pacific isl<strong>and</strong>ers are able to grasp the world, nature <strong>and</strong><br />
culture, with a kind of one-on-one correspondence, <strong>and</strong> also enables them<br />
to manage global modernity (Pacific Alternatives Conference, March 25,<br />
<strong>2009</strong>). Huffer <strong>and</strong> Qalo, in their arguments for the validity of local<br />
knowledges for Fiji also seek "a body of Pacific thought should contribute<br />
to the establishment or affirmation of a Pacific philosophy <strong>and</strong> ethic—a<br />
set of applicable concepts <strong>and</strong> values to guide interaction within countries,<br />
within the region, <strong>and</strong> with the rest of the world. The ethic must be<br />
acknowledged, understood, <strong>and</strong> respected by all who interact with Pacific<br />
communities."(Elise Huffer <strong>and</strong> Ropate Qalo, 2004)<br />
The weak end of the spectrum is represented in the course description<br />
for the first-ever Pacific Studies course offered in a South pacific<br />
university, Pacific Studies 103: "Indigenous Knowledge <strong>and</strong> Western<br />
<strong>Science</strong>: Perspectives from the Pacific" (University of Aukl<strong>and</strong>, from the<br />
<strong>Fall</strong>, 2007 on-line course description.). The course, the authors write:<br />
Examines the relationship between “Pacific indigenous<br />
knowledges” <strong>and</strong> “Western science”, <strong>and</strong> their accounts<br />
of the natural world, specifically the isl<strong>and</strong>s of the Pacific<br />
including New Zeal<strong>and</strong>. Topics will be examined using a<br />
bicultural approach, involving experts in both aspects of<br />
traditional knowledges <strong>and</strong> Western scientific paradigms.<br />
Echoing Subramani's caution again "reverse Orientalism," they go on:<br />
Decolonization theories sometimes unwittingly promote<br />
the assumption that indigenous Pacific knowledges are<br />
premised on absolute differences. The course explores<br />
where these inherent differences might lie <strong>and</strong> where it is<br />
more a matter of difference in approach or thinking than<br />
substance. Assumptions about science <strong>and</strong> indigenous<br />
knowledges are challenged by encouraging critical<br />
reflection on the relationship between them <strong>and</strong> their<br />
applications in Pacific societies (including New Zeal<strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>and</strong> Australia) today.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
76 John Ratté<br />
"A matter of difference in approach or thinking than substance" is sharply<br />
different from the claim that "Pacific knowledges are premised on<br />
absolute differences," a claim that is readily made by some of the writers<br />
on the strong end.<br />
In summary, first, the claim for a Pacific epistemology comes in weak<br />
<strong>and</strong> strong forms. The strong view is typified by Maulani Meyer. The<br />
weak view, as found in the research <strong>and</strong> writing of Gegeo <strong>and</strong> Gegeo<br />
Watson, could do without the term 'epistemology;' ways of knowing<br />
would suffice, <strong>and</strong> these ways, or kastom are indeed shown at work in<br />
native minds on specific social problems, like l<strong>and</strong> use, title settlement,<br />
<strong>and</strong> the settlement of marriage disputes. The same could be said for the<br />
literature on natural science <strong>and</strong> navigation. (In the strong form, there is a<br />
politico-rhetorical dimension here as well, as in the educational projects of<br />
Meyer <strong>and</strong> Nee-Benham.)<br />
Second, the argument is made that traditional knowledge in the<br />
Pacific seems to be confirmed by much contemporary science, <strong>and</strong> social<br />
science in particular. Gegeo <strong>and</strong> Watson-Gegeo cite western <strong>and</strong> nonwestern<br />
critiques of the allegedly dominant philosophies <strong>and</strong> in particular,<br />
epistemologies, of Europe <strong>and</strong> America which are seen as fundamental to<br />
challenging postcolonial power: specifically, post-colonial indigenous<br />
socialism (Julius Nyerere's movement, ujamma, is much cited); cognitive<br />
psychology (Lakoff <strong>and</strong> Johnson), <strong>and</strong> feminisism. ("In agreeing with the<br />
need to transcend the Anglo-European perspective on epistemology raised<br />
by postmodernists, we are guided by the notion of st<strong>and</strong>point<br />
epistemology as developed by feminists, which recognizes that<br />
'[k]nowledge claims are always socially situated' rather than<br />
universalistic" (Harding). Manuka Henare's presentation of Maori<br />
business practices seems just right for the current environmental crisis <strong>and</strong><br />
the crisis in world capitalism revealed by the events of 2007–<strong>2009</strong>.Gegeo<br />
<strong>and</strong> Watson-Gegeo argue that these frameworks provide key concepts for<br />
underst<strong>and</strong>ing events in the Pacific, <strong>and</strong> st<strong>and</strong> parallel, in their newer<br />
methodologies, to independently emergent Pacific epistemologies. Here<br />
further study would suggest attention to the impact of modernity <strong>and</strong><br />
western thought on the critque of "Oceania’s patriarchal conventions <strong>and</strong><br />
invented traditions" which Subramani also invites. The knife can be used<br />
to cut both ways.<br />
Finally, these parallels between Pacific knowledge systems <strong>and</strong><br />
contemporary western science <strong>and</strong> post-modern epistemology can be read<br />
either as confirming the strong argument, with its sundering implications,<br />
or the weak argument for seeing Pacific epistemology as an umbrella<br />
concept pointing to the convergence—hana—<strong>and</strong> mutual interpenetration<br />
of systems of thought, Euro-American <strong>and</strong> Pacific, in the period known as<br />
both post-colonial <strong>and</strong> post-modern comes to an end.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Underst<strong>and</strong>ing "Pacific Epistemology" 77<br />
Bibliography<br />
The Contemporary Pacific, University of Hawaii Press. This h<strong>and</strong>somely<br />
produced journal deals with every aspect of Pacific life—<br />
contemporary politics, the arts, <strong>and</strong> literature—<strong>and</strong> publishes<br />
scholarly articles <strong>and</strong> book reviews from every discipline. Teachers<br />
seeking to introduce Pacific studies into their world history courses<br />
will find it indispensable.<br />
Darcy, Paul, The People of the Sea: Environment, Identity, <strong>and</strong> History in<br />
Oceania. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 2006<br />
Gegeo, David Welchman <strong>and</strong> Karen Ann Watson-Gegeo, The<br />
Contemporary Pacific, 2001, "'How we know: Kwara'ae rural<br />
villagers doing indigenous epistemology," The Contemporary Pacific,<br />
<strong>Volume</strong> 13, No. 1, 2001.<br />
Gegeo, David Welchman <strong>and</strong> Karen Ann Watson-Gegeo ,"Whose<br />
Knowledge? Epistemological Collisions in Solomon Isl<strong>and</strong>s<br />
<strong>Community</strong> Development," The Contemporary Pacific, <strong>Volume</strong> 14,<br />
Number 2, <strong>Fall</strong>, 2002.<br />
Harding, S<strong>and</strong>ra, 1993 "Rethinking St<strong>and</strong>point Epistemology: “What Is<br />
Strong Objectivity?” in Feminist Epistemologies, edited by Linda<br />
Alcoff <strong>and</strong> Elizabeth Potter, 49–82.New York: Routledge.<br />
Henare, Manuka, "Regional <strong>and</strong> Local Economics of Mana: Indigenous<br />
Business, Economic Development, <strong>and</strong> Well-Being in Oceania,"<br />
Pacific Alternatives Conference, East-West Center, March 25, <strong>2009</strong><br />
Huffer, Elise <strong>and</strong> Ropate Qalo, "Have We Been Thinking Upside-Down?<br />
The Contemporary Emergence of Pacific Theoretical Thought," The<br />
Contemporary Pacific, Spring, 2004<br />
Lakoff, George, <strong>and</strong> Mark Johnson, Philosophy in the Flesh: The<br />
Embodied Mind <strong>and</strong> Its Challenge to Western Thought. New York:<br />
Basic Books, 1999<br />
Meyer, Manulani Aluli, "Our Own Liberation: Reflections on Hawaiian<br />
Epistemology". The Contemporary Pacific, <strong>Volume</strong> 13, No. 1, 2001.<br />
Nee-Benham, Maenette Kape'ahiokalani, "Educational Alternatives:<br />
Native Education for the 21 st Century," Pacific Alternatives<br />
Conference, East-West Center, March 25, <strong>2009</strong><br />
Said, Edward, Culture <strong>and</strong> Imperialism. New York: Alfred A Knopf,<br />
1993<br />
Subramani, “The Oceanic Imaginary”, The Contemporary Pacific, Vol 13,<br />
No 1, Spring 2001 (This issue also contains responses to Subramani<br />
by leading South Pacific scholars.)<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
The Flea <strong>and</strong> the Hairy-Nosed Armadillo<br />
Darwin, Collecting, <strong>and</strong> Colonial <strong>Science</strong> Networks<br />
Lou Ratté 1<br />
The young Charles Darwin, age 22, left London on board the Beagle in<br />
December 1831. In August 1832 he was in Bahia Blanca, walking from<br />
where Captain Fitzroy left him off on the Brazilian coast to Buenos Aires,<br />
several days’ distance away. Darwin traveled with gauchos who helped<br />
him hunt <strong>and</strong> collect. 2 He talks about his discovery of the fossil remains<br />
of large animals <strong>and</strong> about all the different kinds of birds he encounters.<br />
Almost in passing, he introduces armadillos. He mentions four species of<br />
armadillos, noting that only three of them come as far south as Bahia<br />
Blanca, describes what they look like <strong>and</strong> their behavior when threatened,<br />
<strong>and</strong> then comments “It seems almost a pity to kill such nice little animals,<br />
for as a Gaucho said, while sharpening his knife on the back of one, ‘Son<br />
tan mansos’ (they are so quiet).” The gauchos served up some of these<br />
quiet creatures for dinner <strong>and</strong> it seems from a later report that Darwin<br />
packed up one of the hairy nosed variety to send home. On that carcass,<br />
we have to guess, was a flea, <strong>and</strong> that flea is now a treasure in a museum<br />
in Sydney, Australia.<br />
I learned about the flea from an essay on the entomology collection at<br />
the Macleay Museum, where it shares space with a couple of lice:<br />
In January 1984, two lice from an albatross, taken during<br />
Cook’s second voyage were found. A flea from Bahia<br />
Blanca, Argentina, collected from a hairy-nosed armadillo<br />
by Charles Darwin during the voyage of the Beagle, is<br />
also held in the Museum. 3<br />
Of course Captain Cook, the albatross, <strong>and</strong> the lice were all very enticing,<br />
but I chose Darwin, the flea <strong>and</strong> the armadillo for further consideration<br />
when I found another reference. In February <strong>2009</strong> the University of<br />
Sydney announced on its web site that a Macleay Museum exhibition<br />
would include the flea:<br />
The Macleay Museum will display, for a limited time<br />
only, a flea that was collected by eminent evolution<br />
scholar Charles Darwin in Argentina to commemorate the<br />
200th anniversary of Darwin's birth. The flea was known<br />
to be given to naturalist <strong>and</strong> collector William Sharp<br />
Macleay <strong>and</strong>, due to its delicacy, will be on display—with<br />
William Sharp Macleay's original label—for a short time<br />
only from Thursday, 12 February, <strong>2009</strong> to 26 February,<br />
<strong>2009</strong>. 4<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
The Flea <strong>and</strong> the Hairy-Nosed Armadillo 79<br />
I was at the Macleay Museum in March <strong>2009</strong> so just missed the flea, but I<br />
think it reasonable to guess that when exhibited the flea was safely behind<br />
glass <strong>and</strong> protected from potentially damaging light so its survival through<br />
the exhibition in its delicate condition would never really have been in<br />
question. 5 Why, then, this special notice? Is it because it was Darwin’s<br />
flea? Could this have been a draw to get people to come in to the show?<br />
Does William Sharp Macleay grow in our estimation because he came into<br />
possession of a flea collected by Darwin? Or is this flea the secret to<br />
something we ought to know about?<br />
Natural history museums today employ some of the same practices<br />
that art museums have been using throughout the 20 th century for<br />
displaying collections <strong>and</strong> mounting exhibitions. They make use of lighting<br />
<strong>and</strong> other techniques to produce what André Malraux called the “museum<br />
effect.” The museum effect alerts us, even before we begin to look, that<br />
here is something to which we should pay special attention. But what sort<br />
of attention? The museum effect can generate feelings of awe that require<br />
nothing more from the audience than dumb admiration.<br />
Still, I think the flea sends a mixed message: “Here I am, with my<br />
pedigree traced back to Darwin, but what do I mean? I may be the species<br />
Phthiropsylla agenoris, but might not my history be just as interesting as<br />
my classification?” 6 Can a flea, I ask, <strong>and</strong> a delicate one at that, bear the<br />
weight of almost 200 years of history?<br />
The Macleay Museum is part of the museum complex at the<br />
University of Sydney <strong>and</strong> it is an institution closely connected to the<br />
Macleay family in the 19 th century. William Sharp Macleay (1792-1865),<br />
the man who got the flea that Darwin collected, was the son of the first<br />
scientifically inclined Macleay. Alex<strong>and</strong>er Macleay (1767-1848), an<br />
enthusiastic collector of insects who delighted especially in beetles, had<br />
started collecting in Engl<strong>and</strong> well before he migrated to Australia in 1825.<br />
It was Alex<strong>and</strong>er who inadvertently acquired Captain Cook’s pair of lice<br />
when he bought items at a London auction in 1806 that could be traced<br />
back to Captain Cook. Like many of his social class, Alex<strong>and</strong>er Macleay<br />
joined <strong>and</strong> shouldered responsibilities in the scientific societies of the early<br />
19 th century, the Linnaean Society <strong>and</strong> the Royal Society, <strong>and</strong> knew some<br />
of the worthies in that small club of gentlemen scientists who regularly met<br />
to exchange ideas <strong>and</strong> treasures. Joseph Banks headed the Royal Society<br />
when Alex<strong>and</strong>er Macleay joined, <strong>and</strong> Sir Stamford Raffles, the founder of<br />
Singapore, was a member.<br />
Alex<strong>and</strong>er Macleay did what other enthusiastic gentlemen collectors of<br />
flora <strong>and</strong> fauna did in the early 1800s: he collected, exchanged specimens<br />
with other collectors, <strong>and</strong> bought items from other collections when they<br />
came on sale in London auction houses. According to one recent source,<br />
Alex<strong>and</strong>er Macleay was that sort of collector who simply wanted to<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
80 Lou Ratté<br />
possess as many examples of what he liked as he could afford, <strong>and</strong> in his<br />
case, even more than he could afford; throughout his adult life he had<br />
financial problems associated with his compulsion for collecting. 7 These<br />
problems may have been part of his reason for migrating.<br />
In 1825, when he was 58 years old, Alex<strong>and</strong>er Macleay accepted a<br />
position as colonial secretary in Australia, <strong>and</strong> set sail with his wife,<br />
several children, <strong>and</strong> his insect collection. His son William Sharp, already<br />
age 33 <strong>and</strong> employed by the government, stayed behind. William Sharp<br />
served as an attaché in Paris, where he met the French scientist Georges<br />
Cuvier, <strong>and</strong>, as Commissioner of the Slave Trade, in Cuba, collected<br />
insects in his spare time. 8 Like his father, William Sharp was an avid<br />
collector, but unlike Alex<strong>and</strong>er, he had a great interest in classifying. He<br />
invented a system called the Quinary System, <strong>and</strong> published it in two parts<br />
in a book titled Horae Entomologicae (1819-21). 9 Like many of his<br />
contemporaries, including the younger Darwin (1809-1882), William Sharp<br />
wanted to answer, or at least address, the big question of the day: how are<br />
all life forms related? His system, visually represented in a series of<br />
interlocking circles, showed that everything was related to everything else,<br />
a model that differed from early evolutionary models in which one thing<br />
was transformed into another in ascending order. William Sharp <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Quinary System were well known in London scientific circles in the 1820s<br />
<strong>and</strong> 1830s.<br />
In 1837, a year after Darwin had returned from the four-year voyage of<br />
the Beagle, he got word that William Sharp Macleay thought he ought to<br />
publish materials about his zoological collection. Perhaps in appreciation,<br />
Darwin gave the senior <strong>and</strong> scientifically established William Sharp<br />
Macleay the flea. 10<br />
What interests me about this story is not so much the flea itself, but<br />
rather the longevity of the flea, what Arjun Appadurai would call its social<br />
life. 11 This flea, after all, has been around for nearly the whole of the two<br />
hundred years since Darwin’s birth; Darwin was a young man of 23 when<br />
he supposedly collected it. Darwin may not have thought anything<br />
particular of the flea, since it apparently arrived back in London nestled in<br />
the nose hairs of a hairy-nosed armadillo sent home from Bahia Blanca in<br />
Argentina. Was the flea even from Bahia Blanca? We can be assured that it<br />
was indeed an armadillo flea, since they are distinctive <strong>and</strong> the flea has<br />
been duly classified. 12 How did it get from London to the Macleay<br />
Museum in Australia? And where has it been all this time until the moment<br />
it was put on exhibit to celebrate Darwin’s 200 th birthday?<br />
At least one of these questions is easy to answer. We don’t know<br />
exactly how the flea changed h<strong>and</strong>s from Darwin to William Sharp<br />
Macleay, but it could have been when Darwin went to Cambridge to have a<br />
look at Horae Entomologicae in the Cambridge University Library. It is<br />
possible that the younger Darwin dined with the then more eminent<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
The Flea <strong>and</strong> the Hairy-Nosed Armadillo 81<br />
Macleay on that visit, probably in London on his way to Cambridge. 13<br />
Darwin was initially interested in Macleay’s Quinary System, but later<br />
referred to Macleay’s “vicious circles” <strong>and</strong> “rigamaroles” as he moved off<br />
in his own direction. 14 William Sharp migrated to Australia in 1839, <strong>and</strong><br />
took his collection, including the flea, with him. There he combined his<br />
own <strong>and</strong> his father’s collections.<br />
The third Macleay, William John (1820-1891), cousin of William<br />
Sharp, took charge of William Sharp’s collection after his cousin’s death.<br />
Like the other Macleays, he was a collector, a member of scientific<br />
societies, <strong>and</strong> a supporter of museums. He enlarged the collection by hiring<br />
professional collectors to collect for him. He even funded <strong>and</strong> led an entire<br />
collecting expedition to New Guinea in 1875, the Chevert Expedition. 15<br />
And he engaged a curator to bring order into the greatly exp<strong>and</strong>ed<br />
collection. William John was a supporter <strong>and</strong> patron of the University of<br />
Sydney, <strong>and</strong> he eventually chose that institution for the collection. 16 The<br />
flea remained with the collection of over 600,000 insects, pinned to its tray<br />
<strong>and</strong> stored in a wooden cabinet. 17<br />
I think of the flea as a kind of emblem of continuity, bearing the<br />
burden of nearly a hundred years of Macleay family collecting, insistent by<br />
its very presence <strong>and</strong> endurance, that everything in this collection has value<br />
<strong>and</strong> must be preserved. But what is valuable about this flea, <strong>and</strong> why<br />
should it be preserved? What should today’s audience derive from viewing<br />
the flea, now safely removed from the indignity of being pinned <strong>and</strong> gently<br />
affixed to a glass slide for viewing with a microscope?<br />
Scholarly interest in collection histories today remind us that the<br />
meanings of collected objects change over time. After 1859, when Darwin<br />
published The Origin of the Species, natural history collections gradually<br />
acquired a focus they didn’t have before. Renaissance cabinets of<br />
curiosities, where collected objects might be put together for any number<br />
of reasons that appealed to the aristocratic collector, had already been<br />
supplanted by principles of display drawn from the classifying work of<br />
Linnaeus. Imagine the impact evolutionary theory must have had on<br />
museum display in the second half of the 19 th century, especially when<br />
museums open to the public were replacing private institutions. It is not<br />
difficult to surmise that the fleas on their own did not play a very large role<br />
in explaining evolution to public audiences. In any case, the three<br />
generations of Macleays were not evolutionists. 18 The flea remained safely<br />
in storage, achieving a semblance of immortality, but I wonder: what had it<br />
come to mean during all those years?<br />
We can ponder the long life in museum storage rooms of objects<br />
collected since the beginnings of natural history museums in the 19 th<br />
century, imaginings that have recently triggered two Hollywood movies<br />
about what happens in the American Museum of Natural History in New<br />
York <strong>and</strong> the Smithsonian Institution in Washington at night after all the<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
82 Lou Ratté<br />
people have left. Real events that take place in curatorial conversations in<br />
museums may reflect just as much imagination as did these movie<br />
versions, however.<br />
What did inspire Macleay natural history curators to include Darwin’s<br />
flea in the 200 th anniversary celebratory exhibit? What did they want to<br />
accomplish? Explanatory materials for the exhibit are not so much<br />
directive as suggestive. When it was exhibited in February <strong>2009</strong>, natural<br />
history curators attached the original label in William Sharp Macleay’s<br />
h<strong>and</strong>writing to the slide on which it was mounted:<br />
“Flea on Dasypus minutus Bahia Blanca N. Patagonia Darwin” 19<br />
What catches your attention? Darwin in 1832 when he collected the flea<br />
was not yet the Darwin we know in the history of science, since that<br />
Darwin only emerges in 1859 with the publication of The Origin of the<br />
Species. 20 Nor was the Darwin of 1837, when William Sharp got<br />
possession of the flea, that mythical Darwin, but he was just a young man<br />
with promise but not yet great achievement. Are we meant to focus on the<br />
mythic reputation rather than the history of collecting? Is William Sharp<br />
meant to be subordinated to the mythic Darwin here, or is this move to<br />
enhance his prestige by association? Is the history of science in Australia<br />
clashing with another narrative of the history of science as the story of<br />
great discoverers?<br />
Darwin, of course, actually did make the four-year voyage on the<br />
Beagle, <strong>and</strong> he did record his observations in notebooks that he later<br />
published. For underst<strong>and</strong>ing scientific knowledge production in the 19 th<br />
century, though, we have to remember who was with him. When Darwin<br />
collected he had local helpers who fed him <strong>and</strong> enabled him to travel safely<br />
<strong>and</strong> comfortably, <strong>and</strong> who pointed out the flora <strong>and</strong> fauna that they thought<br />
would interest him. He had his textual authorities either with him or<br />
certainly with him when he wrote up his field notes, enabling him to<br />
engage in that mysterious but necessary process of providing a binomial<br />
Latin name, many of which originated with Linnaeus, for every natural<br />
specimen seen or collected on the voyage. Darwin maintained a regular<br />
correspondence with his mentor <strong>and</strong> friend J. S. Henslow, to whom he sent<br />
crates of specimens as well as his observations, <strong>and</strong> Henslow took care of<br />
the specimens <strong>and</strong> saw to the publication of parts of Darwin’s letters so<br />
Darwin’s name would be before the scientific public. 21 We know<br />
Henslow’s name, but we do not know the names of the many people who<br />
made the boxes for the specimens to be packed in, the packers who had the<br />
dem<strong>and</strong>ing task of ensuring the safe journey of the specimens, <strong>and</strong> the<br />
sailors who stowed them on board <strong>and</strong> managed the trip from foreign<br />
places to Britain. Nor do we know the names of the ships’ captains who<br />
took on this valuable cargo <strong>and</strong> saw to its safe delivery. We do know that<br />
Darwin was tapping into a colonial <strong>and</strong> trading network that had been in<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
The Flea <strong>and</strong> the Hairy-Nosed Armadillo 83<br />
existence for centuries, making it possible for things as well as people to<br />
travel. 22<br />
One thing Darwin did not do in his journal was mention the flea or,<br />
indeed, the hairy-nosed armadillo. At what point in the story did the flea<br />
surface, <strong>and</strong> what ever happened to the hairy-nosed armadillo?<br />
Of course not all of such questions, serious or flippant, can be<br />
answered, <strong>and</strong> the story of scientific knowledge production is not a<br />
continuous narrative. William Sharp’s Quinary System was itself not a step<br />
toward something else, but a hypothesis of no scientific interest today,<br />
although it remains historically significant. Is this the case with the flea?<br />
Had the Quinary System triumphed, would we think about fleas differently<br />
today? The longevity <strong>and</strong> renewed vigor of the flea is worth our attention,<br />
not only for what it might have been able to tell us about the development<br />
of a scientific underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the natural world, but for what it can<br />
suggest to us today about museum practice, the social practices of<br />
collecting <strong>and</strong> their relation to knowledge-making processes, <strong>and</strong> the global<br />
networks that the braiding together of scientific collecting <strong>and</strong> colonial<br />
expansion brought into existence.<br />
The flea, after all, was both a scientific <strong>and</strong> a colonial traveler. Let us<br />
assume that it did make the trip on the armadillo from Bahia Blanca to<br />
London. There it could have expected to enjoy a privileged position at the<br />
center of scientific knowledge production, but it was not to be. Instead, it<br />
migrated to the colonial periphery, where three generations of Macleays<br />
attempted the impossible task of making colonial outposts the equal in<br />
scientific prestige to metropolitan centers in Western Europe.<br />
Woody Horning, entomologist at the Macleay in 1988, wrote that<br />
European entomologists simply forgot about the Macleay collection for<br />
160 years because of Australia’s remoteness. 23 He also gives an<br />
explanation internal to the workings of the museum. When George<br />
Masters, the curator hired by William John, died in 1912, “the state of the<br />
collections became grim indeed.” 24 Fifty years later, a new curator,<br />
Elizabeth Hahn, began the work of restoring the collection. Somewhere<br />
between these two extremes of imperial indifference <strong>and</strong> institutional<br />
neglect must lie a more complex <strong>and</strong> up to date story that would invite us<br />
into those curatorial discussions about the flea <strong>and</strong> the 200 th anniversary<br />
celebratory exhibition. Who knows, we might even learn the whereabouts<br />
of the hairy-nosed armadillo.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
84 Lou Ratté<br />
Endnotes<br />
1 I want to thank Milton Osborne, who first told me about the Macleay<br />
Museum; Jude Philp <strong>and</strong> Rebecca Conroy, who took me around on my<br />
first visit <strong>and</strong> told me about the Macleay family; <strong>and</strong> Jim Specht, who<br />
accompanied me on visits to the Macleay <strong>and</strong> helped me in so many ways<br />
while I was in Sydney. Special thanks also to Elizabeth Jefferys, Curator<br />
of Natural History at the Macleay, whom I have only met through email<br />
exchanges <strong>and</strong> who told me many things about the flea, <strong>and</strong> once again to<br />
Jude Philp. Both Jude <strong>and</strong> Elizabeth made very helpful comments on an<br />
earlier draft of this paper. They have increased my appreciation for the<br />
Macleays, the Museum, <strong>and</strong>, of course, the flea.<br />
2 Charles Darwin, “ Chapter 5 - Bahia Blanca”, The Voyage of the<br />
Beagle, http://darwin-online.org.uk/EditorialIntroductions/Freeman_<br />
ZoologyOfBeagle.html Accessed Sept 22 <strong>2009</strong>. This is a lengthy chapter<br />
<strong>and</strong> the reference to armadillos occurs near the end:<br />
I have already mentioned nearly all the mammalia<br />
common in this country. Of armadilloes three species<br />
occur namely, the Dasypus minutus or ‘pichy’, the D.<br />
villosus or ‘peludo’, <strong>and</strong> the ‘apar’. The first extends ten<br />
degrees further south than any other kind; a fourth<br />
species, the ‘Mulita’, does not come as far south as Bahia<br />
Blanca. The four species have nearly similar habits; the<br />
‘peludo’, however, is nocturnal, while the others w<strong>and</strong>er<br />
by day over the open plains, feeding on beetles, larvae,<br />
roots, <strong>and</strong> even small snakes. The ‘apar’, commonly<br />
called ‘mataco’, is remarkable by having only three<br />
moveable b<strong>and</strong>s; the rest of its tesselated covering being<br />
nearly inflexible. It has the power of rolling itself into a<br />
perfect sphere, like one kind of English woodlouse. In this<br />
state it is safe from the attack of dogs; for the dog not<br />
being able to take the whole in its mouth, tries to bite one<br />
side, <strong>and</strong> the ball slips away. The smooth hard covering of<br />
the ‘mataco’ offers a better defence than the sharp spines<br />
of the hedgehog. The ‘pichy’ prefers a very dry soil; <strong>and</strong><br />
the s<strong>and</strong>-dunes near the coast, where for many months it<br />
can never taste water, is its favourite resort: it often tries<br />
to escape notice, by squatting close to the ground. In the<br />
course of a day's ride, near Bahia Blanca, several were<br />
generally met with. The instant one was perceived, it was<br />
necessary, in order to catch it, almost to tumble off one's<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
The Flea <strong>and</strong> the Hairy-Nosed Armadillo 85<br />
horse; for in soft soil the animal burrowed so quickly, that<br />
its hinder quarters would almost disappear before one<br />
could alight. It seems almost a pity to kill such nice little<br />
animals, for as a Gaucho said, while sharpening his knife<br />
on the back of one, "Son tan mansos" (they are so quiet).<br />
3 Woody Horning, “Entomology,” Peter Stanbury <strong>and</strong> Julian Holl<strong>and</strong>,<br />
eds., Mr. Macleay’s Celebrated Cabinet, (Sydney: The Mcleay Museum,<br />
1988), 1.<br />
4 The University of Sydney at http://www.usyd.edu.au/news/84.html?<br />
newsstoryid=3035. Accessed Sept. 21 <strong>2009</strong>.<br />
5 Jude Philp, Head Curator at the Macleay Museum, very kindly<br />
supplied me with information about the lighting (email message, Oct. 11,<br />
<strong>2009</strong>).<br />
6 Natural History Curator Elizabeth Jefferys very kindly responded to<br />
my request for more information about the flea <strong>and</strong> the exhibit. “The<br />
species of flea,” Dr. Jefferys writes, “is Phithiropsylla agenoris<br />
(Rothschild 194). It is a female specimen that was originally mounted on<br />
a pin. Now it is mounted on a proper microscope slide” (email message,<br />
Wednesday, 23 September <strong>2009</strong>).<br />
7 Robyn Tacey <strong>and</strong> Ashley Hay, Museum: the Macleays, their<br />
collections <strong>and</strong> the search for order, (Cambridge: Cambridge University<br />
Press, 2007). Excerpts from this book are available on line at<br />
http://books.google.com/books?id=cSElAFnbkocC&dq=Museum:+the+M<br />
acleays,+their+collections+<strong>and</strong>+the+search+for+order&printsec=frontcov<br />
er&source=bl&ots=fMofI0CPBr&sig=1nHL8nR97BaNpHHIdi09TKf1F<br />
Us&hl=en&ei=TaPESrasHsPklAf8zNWSAw&sa=X&oi=book_result&ct<br />
=result&resnum=2#v=onepage&q=&f=false <strong>and</strong> you can read about its<br />
launching at http://www.usyd.edu.au/news/84.html?newsstoryid=2016.<br />
8<br />
Thanks to Elizabeth Jefferys for these details.<br />
9 For a description of Macleay’s Quinary System with attention to the<br />
scientific debates in the early 19 th century in which he participated, see<br />
Tony Bennett, Pasts Beyond Memory: Evolution, Museums, Colonialism,<br />
(London: Routledge, 2004), pp. 15-19.<br />
10 According to Elizabeth Jefferys at the Macleay, there is no<br />
evidence for precisely how or when William Sharp acquired the flea<br />
(email Oct. 11, <strong>2009</strong>).<br />
11 Arjun Appadurai, ed., The Social Life of Things: Commodities in<br />
Social Perspective, (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988).<br />
12 Curator Jude Philp informed me that the flea had been checked <strong>and</strong><br />
classified as an armadillo flea (email Oct. 11, <strong>2009</strong>).<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
86 Lou Ratté<br />
13 Robyn Tacey <strong>and</strong> Ashley Hay, 52. See also Letter 413—Darwin C.<br />
R. to Darwin S. E., 15 May 1838. Darwin is writing to “My dear old<br />
Granny” <strong>and</strong> describes all his activities while in Cambridge. The editor of<br />
the Letters notes: “one purpose of this visit to Cambridge was to consult<br />
William Sharp Macleay’s Horae entomologicae (1819–21) in the<br />
University Library.” See .<br />
14 Tony Bennett, 19.<br />
15 See http://www.usyd.edu.au/museums/whatson/exhibitions/<br />
cchevert.shtml for information on the expedition.<br />
16 According to Jude Philp, William Sharp Macleay had willed the<br />
collection to either Sydney University or Cambridge, <strong>and</strong> William John<br />
chose University of Sydney (email, Oct. 11, <strong>2009</strong>).<br />
17 Thanks to Elizabeth Jefferys <strong>and</strong> Jude Philp for these details.<br />
18 Thanks again to Jude Philp for clarification.<br />
19 Thanks again to Elizabeth Jefferys for this information.<br />
20 Thanks to John Ratté for suggesting I talk about two Darwins to<br />
differentiate between the historic man <strong>and</strong> the mythic character.<br />
21 Letter 192, Darwin, C.R. to Henslow, J.S., (26 Oct-) 24 Nov 1832.<br />
http://www.darwinproject.ac.uk/darwinletters/calendar/entry192.html<br />
My dear Henslow,<br />
[….]<br />
I have been very lucky with fossil bones; I have fragments<br />
of at least 6 distinct animals; as many of them are teeth I<br />
trust, shattered & rolled as they have been, they will be<br />
recognised. I have paid all the attention, I am capable of,<br />
to their geological site, but of course it is too long a story<br />
for here.—1st. the Tarsi & Metatarsi very perfect of a<br />
Cavia: 2nd the upper jaw & head of some very large<br />
animal, with 4 square hollow molars.—& the head greatly<br />
produced in front.—I at first thought it belonged either to<br />
the Megalonyx or Megatherium.—In confirmation, of<br />
this, in the same formation I found a large surface of the<br />
osseous polygonal plates, which ``late observations''<br />
(what are they?) show belong to the Megatherium.—<br />
Immediately I saw them I thought they must belong to an<br />
enormous Armadillo, living species of which genus are so<br />
abundant here; 3d The lower jaw of some large animal,<br />
which from the molar teeth, I should think belonged to the<br />
Edentata: 4th. some large molar teeth, which in some<br />
respects would seem to belong to an enormous Rodentia;<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
The Flea <strong>and</strong> the Hairy-Nosed Armadillo 87<br />
5th, also some smaller teeth belonging to the same order:<br />
&c &c.—If it interests you sufficiently to unpack them, I<br />
shall be very curious to hear something about them:—<br />
Care must be taken, in this case, not to confuse the<br />
tallies.—They are mingled with marine shells, which<br />
appear to me identical with what now exist.—But since<br />
they were deposited in their beds, several geological<br />
changes have taken place in the country.—<br />
[….]<br />
I think the dried plants nearly contain all which were then<br />
Bahia Blanca flowering. All the specimens will be packed<br />
in casks—I think there will be three: (before sending this<br />
letter I will specify dates &c &c).—I am afraid you will<br />
groan or rather the floor of the Lecture room will, when<br />
the casks arrive.—Without you I should be utterly<br />
undone.—The small cask contains fish; will you open it,<br />
to see how the spirit has stood the evaporation of the<br />
Tropics.—<br />
[….]<br />
I purchased fragments (Nors: 837 & 8) of some enormous<br />
bones; which I was assured belonged to the former<br />
giants!!—I also procured some seeds.—I do not know<br />
whether they are worth your accepting; if you think so, I<br />
will get some more:—They are in the box: I have sent to<br />
you by the Duke of York Packet, comm<strong>and</strong>ed by Lieu:<br />
Snell to Falmouth.—two large casks, containing fossil<br />
bones.—a small cask with fish, & a box containing skins,<br />
spirit bottle &c & pill-boxes with beetles.— Would you<br />
be kind enough to open these latter, as they are apt to<br />
become mouldy.—With the exceptions of the bones, the<br />
rest of my collection looks very scanty. Recollect how<br />
great a proportion of time is spent at sea. I am always<br />
anxious to hear in what state my things come & any<br />
criticisms about quantity or kind of specimens.—In the<br />
smaller cask is part of a large head, the anterior portions<br />
of which are in the other large ones.—The packet has<br />
arrived & I am in a great bustle: You will not hear from<br />
me for some months:<br />
Notes to this letter inform readers that “passages from this letter<br />
were extracted by Henslow <strong>and</strong> published in the Cambridge<br />
Philosophical Society pamphlet….”<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
88 Lou Ratté<br />
Notes also mention Macleay: “In his Horæ entomologicæ (Macleay 1819–<br />
21), he propounded the Quinary System of classification in which the five<br />
main animal groups are represented by `circles of affinity'. To represent<br />
the continuity of forms the circles are arranged in a larger circle in which<br />
each is contiguous or `inosculant' with two others. Loren Eiseley cited<br />
CD's use of `inosculating' as evidence of an early, unacknowledged debt<br />
to Edward Blyth, but Macleay's system <strong>and</strong> its vocabulary were well<br />
known to CD long before he knew of Blyth. See Eiseley 1959 <strong>and</strong> S.<br />
Smith 1968. The inosculating bird is identified as Tinochorus rumicivorus<br />
in Birds, pp. 117–18.<br />
For the full Darwin Correspondence consult: http://www.darwinproject.<br />
ac.uk/component/option,com_frontpage/Itemid,1/<br />
22 There is a vast literature in the new history of science on shipping<br />
networks across which natural history specimens traveled. A convenient<br />
place to make a start with this literature is Harold Cook, Matters of<br />
Exchange: Commerce, Medicine, <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong> in the Dutch Golden Age,<br />
(New Haven: Yale University Press, 2007).<br />
23 Woody Horning, p. 1<strong>29</strong>.<br />
24 Horning, p. 1<strong>29</strong>.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Simulated Travel: Cultural Theme Parks, Hyperreality, <strong>and</strong> Reality<br />
Terri A. Hasseler<br />
At some point in my cultural studies courses, I ask students if they have<br />
ever taken their picture at a famous tourist site just so they can<br />
demonstrate to others that they have been there. I admit that I must have<br />
about 500 pictures of Big Ben <strong>and</strong> the Houses of Parliament: Me, alone<br />
with Big Ben rising up over my shoulder; My husb<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> me, with Big<br />
Ben behind us; My husb<strong>and</strong>, alone, with Big Ben lit up; Big Ben, alone<br />
artfully angled; Me, with a group of students; Me, with another group of<br />
students; And another set of students; A younger me, smiling <strong>and</strong><br />
pointing. Every time I go to London, to visit, to teach, I take another<br />
picture <strong>and</strong> add it to the increasing pile.<br />
“Of course,” my students reply to my question. In fact, the picture-asproof<br />
of their travels lends authenticity to their comments about the<br />
culture of the place they have visited: Yes, I have been there.<br />
Sadly, I tell my students that I think I am much like Clark Griswold in<br />
National Lampoon’s European Vacation. Trapped in the traffic loop<br />
around Westminster, he points out Big Ben with less <strong>and</strong> less excitement<br />
as it zooms past in their endless circling of the site: “Look kids, Big Ben.”<br />
If there was something ritualistic in my picture taking, it would perhaps be<br />
a more profound practice. But if there is anything of ritual in it, it is an<br />
empty ritual—a marking that I have been there, yet again: “Look kids, Big<br />
Ben.”<br />
Nevertheless, these pictures seem to lend authenticity to my travels<br />
<strong>and</strong> to my ability to comment upon those travels. As the tourist, who<br />
smiled in front of Big Ben, I can speak about London culture with<br />
“experience,” a quality that students revere. Many tourists are looking for<br />
a portable record of their experience. These artifacts demonstrate that the<br />
tourist has been there, but say little about what she has learned. This type<br />
of travel mimics the experience of travel, but of a simulated, artificial<br />
form, reduced to the vacuous act of taking a picture, or worse, of buying a<br />
postcard.<br />
In this lesson plan, I would like to map out the ways in which<br />
simulated travel occurs. My purpose is to propose a series of activities to<br />
help students talk about simulated reality, cultural theme parks, <strong>and</strong> travel.<br />
The goal is to equip teachers with activities that will help students pose<br />
critical questions about themselves-as-tourists. I will provide several<br />
sample activities, followed by a case study of the Polynesian Cultural<br />
Center. The readings I suggest are drawn from John Storey’s Cultural<br />
Theory <strong>and</strong> Popular Culture reader published by Pearson/Prentice Hall<br />
(Jean Baudrillard’s “The Precession of Simulacra,” Cornel West’s<br />
(interviewed by Anders Stephanson), “Black Postmodernist Practices,”<br />
<strong>and</strong> Michel de Certeau’s The Practice of Everyday Life) <strong>and</strong> from Aimé<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
90 Hasseler<br />
Césaire’s Discourse on Colonialism. In addition, I make use of popular<br />
Web sites, such as Yelp, <strong>and</strong> a lengthy passage for Don Delillo’s White<br />
Noise.<br />
Theoretical Background<br />
Jean Baudrillard’s essay, “The Precession of Simulacra,” is a constructive,<br />
though challenging essay to use with students to discuss experiences of<br />
tourism. I ask students to work through several particular concepts<br />
(simulation, hyperreality, <strong>and</strong> nostalgia) to build the groundwork for<br />
discussing tourism <strong>and</strong> connections with authenticity. Baudrillard argues<br />
that “the age of simulation […] begins with a liquidation of all referentials<br />
[…] It is no longer a question of imitation, nor of reduplication, nor even<br />
of parody. It is rather a question of substituting signs of the real for the<br />
real itself” (351). Taking apart this process of thinking, I ask students to<br />
think about how imitation, reduplication, <strong>and</strong> parody function in different<br />
ways than what Baudrillard is getting at: Eventually, we talk about how<br />
“imitation” is an attempt at a copy of some “original”; “reduplication”<br />
appears to be much like Xeroxing, in which the “original” remains,<br />
though it is perhaps mechanically duplicated; <strong>and</strong> “parody” is an attempt<br />
to distort or transform the “original” through comedy or comparison.<br />
These initial definitions help us, as we think about what it is that<br />
Baudrillard finds so disturbing about “simulation” <strong>and</strong> the resulting<br />
“hyperreality.” They notice that simulation has a different relationship<br />
with the “original,” one in which the “original” <strong>and</strong> the “copy” are<br />
confused <strong>and</strong> conflated with each other. Storey writes in his introduction<br />
to the essay, that hyperrealism is when “the real <strong>and</strong> simulated are<br />
experienced as without difference” (347). Baudrillard argues that<br />
“nostalgia” emerges “when the real is no longer what it used to be . . .<br />
There is a proliferation of myths of origin <strong>and</strong> signs of reality; of secondh<strong>and</strong><br />
truth, objectivity <strong>and</strong> authenticity” (354). His argument follows that<br />
when we lose connection with the “real,” we panic <strong>and</strong> are nostalgic for<br />
the “origin.”<br />
For Baudrillard, the cultural theme park is the perfect example of the<br />
process of hyperreality <strong>and</strong> nostalgia. Disney, Baudrillard argues,<br />
reinforces the imaginary; it is “presented as imaginary in order to make us<br />
believe that the rest is real” (355). It plays to our childish fantasies <strong>and</strong><br />
wishes, dreams <strong>and</strong> imageries. It relies upon the cultural nostalgia of<br />
childhood: “It is meant to be an infantile world, in order to make us<br />
believe that the adults are elsewhere, in the ‘real’ world, <strong>and</strong> to conceal<br />
the fact that real childishness is everywhere, particularly amongst those<br />
adults who go there to act the child in order to foster illusions as to their<br />
real childishness” (355). Aimé Césaire develops this point more<br />
compellingly when he makes a similar observation about Empire: that the<br />
Imperialist left home to use his colonial or imperial location as a type of<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Simulated Travel 91<br />
playground or theme park; there he could let go of all the behaviors of<br />
civilization <strong>and</strong> engage in monstrous behaviors. Joseph Conrad’s Kurtz in<br />
Heart of Darkness is a literary example of such behavior. For Césaire, the<br />
colonialist makes himself a Thing <strong>and</strong> is only shocked by his behaviors<br />
when those same horrific practices done in colonial settings are used on<br />
white people, as in the case of Hitler’s actions towards other European<br />
nations (42). As long as the colonialist can separate home (civilized) from<br />
colony (uncivilized), he can preserve the illusion that he himself is<br />
civilized.<br />
Cornel West places Baudrillard’s observations within the framework<br />
of race <strong>and</strong> class: “Baudrillard seems to be articulating a sense of what it<br />
is to be a French, middle-class intellectual, or perhaps what it is to be<br />
middle-class generally. Let me put it in terms of a formulation from Henry<br />
James that Frederic Jameson has appropriated: “There is a reality that one<br />
cannot not know. The ragged edges of the Real, of Necessity, not being<br />
able to eat, not having shelter, not having health care, all this is something<br />
that one cannot not know” (388). For West, hyperreality is a neurotic<br />
luxury of the middle-class, those who can afford to preserve the illusion.<br />
Others, who live with the all-too-real cannot afford such escapist luxuries.<br />
Hyperreality is a luxury of the comfortable. A case study in this is Six<br />
Flags Amusement Parks. Consumers pay to be returned to the nostalgic<br />
world of the county fair—with rides, games, prizes <strong>and</strong> country foods.<br />
People go to be children again <strong>and</strong> experience the thrills. For many, the<br />
county fair, itself, is a referent whose origin is lost. Nevertheless, the<br />
hyperreality of such places, the childishness, forgives participants from<br />
underst<strong>and</strong>ing the reality of the place itself. As the New York Times has<br />
reported, places like Six Flags recruit their labor from a particular<br />
vulnerable population—foreign guest workers. These young people from<br />
regions such as Eastern Europe, Asia <strong>and</strong> Latin America come under false<br />
pretenses <strong>and</strong> end up working under terrible conditions: long hours<br />
without overtime pay or fewer hours than promised, isolated (rural) <strong>and</strong><br />
overcrowded living conditions, increased indebtedness when overcharged<br />
for rent, <strong>and</strong> deception about the work they would actually do. For these<br />
workers in the world of cultural amusement, hyperreality is meaningless:<br />
Indeed, a young woman from Taiwan described the experience as<br />
“painful” (NYT)<br />
Case Study: Polynesian Cultural Center<br />
I visited the Polynesian Cultural Center, owned <strong>and</strong> operated by the<br />
Mormon Church, over the heavy protest of a friend I was traveling with.<br />
This friend <strong>and</strong> I generally go on a biking, snow-shoeing, or some such<br />
trip. So Hawai’i for her was all about the hikes we could find, but I really<br />
wanted to go to the Polynesian Cultural Center <strong>and</strong> dem<strong>and</strong>ed that we pay<br />
the substantial entrance fee. The PCC, located on Oahu, covers 42 acres.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
92 Hasseler<br />
According to their official Website, they provide “recreated isl<strong>and</strong><br />
villages, theaters, dining, <strong>and</strong> show facilities.” They are particularly wellknown<br />
for the Rainbows of Paradise canoe parades, as well as their major<br />
tourist attraction, their luau <strong>and</strong> evening show. The facility is nearly<br />
completely staffed by students, many of whom come from Polynesian<br />
isl<strong>and</strong>s; they attend the local branch of the Mormon Church’s Brigham<br />
Young University. In "Oahu's Polynesian Cultural Center: Aiding <strong>and</strong><br />
Abetting the LDS Missionary Effort," Bill McKeever, writing on the<br />
Mormon Research Ministry Website, states that, “A great portion of the<br />
employees at the PCC are Pacific isl<strong>and</strong> natives. The LDS Church recruits<br />
these young people to attend the nearby Brigham Young University-<br />
Hawaii campus. In turn, these students pay for their tuition by working at<br />
the center. Since many of these students are not American citizens, normal<br />
circumstances would dem<strong>and</strong> that they have special permission from the<br />
Immigration <strong>and</strong> Naturalization Service (INS) to work in the US.<br />
However, a provision in the law allows a non-American student the ability<br />
to work if the student has on-campus employment. Since the LDS Church<br />
claims the Polynesian Cultural Center is part of their BYU-Hawaii<br />
campus, the students comply with those guidelines.” Frank Salamone<br />
writes that, “The goal of the center, then, can be summed up as portraying<br />
an authentic view of Polynesian culture while benefitting students through<br />
allowing them to complete their educations, visitors through adding love<br />
to their lives <strong>and</strong> the Mormons through spreading their message” (57).<br />
Thus, the PCC appears to transcend the st<strong>and</strong>ard cultural theme park<br />
because it provides authentic Polynesians performing authentic activities<br />
in order to educate, nay bring "love" to, the tourist, all while subtly, as<br />
McKeever, writes, "aiding <strong>and</strong> abetting" the Mormon agenda.<br />
Salamone problematizes this agenda by stating, “Such a bald<br />
statement of the situation leads one to ask the disturbing question of<br />
whose version of authenticity is being presented at the Polynesian<br />
Cultural Center” (57). Indeed, the PCC’s promotional video on their<br />
Website boldly asserts, “Why come thous<strong>and</strong>s of miles to Polynesia, <strong>and</strong><br />
then never really see it?” Such commentary is more than a little<br />
disquieting. Most tourists, who comment on review sites such as Yelp,<br />
speak also to these questions of authenticity. As Wayne Fife argues,<br />
cultural theme sites require a tourist, who believes “modernist conceits<br />
such as the notion that ‘true history’ or ‘authentic reconstructions’ are<br />
within the realm of human attainment” (65). A glimpse at some of the<br />
comments helps to put the tourist experience in context. The following is<br />
a comment posted in July, <strong>2009</strong>.<br />
Made it in time for the boat parade, which was incredibly<br />
awesome. Tahitian women are amazing. After taking my<br />
upper division course on Anthropology of Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong>s<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Simulated Travel 93<br />
I fell in love with Aotearoa, so it was awesome getting a<br />
glimpse of their culture like that. And their hakas,<br />
rawr.[…] I loved PCC because everyone was very<br />
genuine, natural, <strong>and</strong> pure about their culture, as exposed<br />
to glitzy luaus. I enjoyed being a part of different<br />
polynesian cultures with their beautiful music <strong>and</strong> dance.<br />
I just had a worthwhile experience. Exhausted at the end<br />
of the day so I slept great! PCC makes me want to live in<br />
Hawai'i <strong>and</strong> hang out with the locals.<br />
Another posted in January, <strong>2009</strong>, follows:<br />
This place is awesome! You are immersed in the<br />
Polynesian culture. Don't expect any roller coasters or<br />
rides. It's all about learning/feeling the culture, which was<br />
all new to me. You get a whirlwind cultural tour through<br />
the isl<strong>and</strong> villages of Samoa, Aotearoa, Marquesas, Fiji,<br />
Hawaii, Tahiti <strong>and</strong> Tonga. This place is non profit <strong>and</strong><br />
provides scholarships for the workers attending BYU<br />
behind the center. Our guide was peppy in teaching us the<br />
villages. Did some hula, spoke a couple of Polynesian<br />
words, nice canoe ride around the villages, learned to play<br />
tititorea, watched the opening of coconut with a small<br />
stone, <strong>and</strong> enjoyed the whiff of noni. The center has so<br />
many lush trees <strong>and</strong> blossoming flowers, reminds me of<br />
walking through hiking trails.<br />
References to the student workers, as in the one listed above, are<br />
numerous on the site, with one reviewer writing in May, <strong>2009</strong>: “The<br />
performances are amateurish since they are mostly students, but this adds<br />
to the impressiveness of the adventure. Year after year, BYU Hawaii is<br />
able to produce wonderful performances by STUDENTS that are paying<br />
their way through college.” Another in February, <strong>2009</strong> writing, “I really<br />
enjoyed the tour with the college student as a guide. I learned more at the<br />
Maori village than I did in New Zeal<strong>and</strong>.” I recall one telling moment of<br />
my experience at the PCC: We talked with a young couple who were<br />
demonstrating a dance for the tourists. They were not a part of a staged<br />
show, but were one of a series of “instructive” activities outside of the<br />
performance “venues.” In the seclusion of a comfortable tree lined<br />
meadow, we asked a number of pressing questions about their dance, the<br />
authenticity of the experience, <strong>and</strong> their relationship to the Center; they<br />
eyed us with distrust <strong>and</strong> with a slight disdain.<br />
A second incident is one that all who have attended the PCC will be<br />
familiar with—the Rainbows of Paradise canoe parade through the<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
94 Hasseler<br />
lagoon, made famous by Elvis. As the music started, I felt like I was<br />
observing the floating version of the Macy’s Thanksgiving Day Parade; at<br />
any moment Matt Lauer <strong>and</strong> Meredith Vieira would jump out to comment<br />
upon the costuming <strong>and</strong> performance. I turned to my friend <strong>and</strong> said,<br />
“Okay, you’re right, Let’s go.” Because of the many influences,<br />
particularly the business of Hollywood, Salamone finds a number of<br />
fundamental artificialities in the PCC’s performances, particularly in the<br />
dress <strong>and</strong> construction of the bodies of the student performers.<br />
Constrained by Mormon <strong>and</strong> American cultural perspectives on bodily<br />
appearance <strong>and</strong> presentation, the Polynesian students often resort to subtle<br />
forms of “play” to resist these limitations (54): “Both men <strong>and</strong> women<br />
seek to subvert the restrictive rules that on one level they have accepted<br />
but on another attack their self-identity. Open rebellion is out of the<br />
question, for it would jeopardize their income <strong>and</strong> education as well as<br />
any future advancement which the Mormon Church would offer them”<br />
(68). Such behaviors fall in line with Michel de Certeau’s observations on<br />
the “tactics” of resistance that those without power use to attack power<br />
though not ultimately harm nor derail it. The students’ discomfort with<br />
our questions, perhaps, comes from the fact that we recognized such<br />
tactics-in-practice, <strong>and</strong> the students, not knowing who we are <strong>and</strong> our<br />
ability to manipulate their circumstances, looked at us, underst<strong>and</strong>ably,<br />
with uncertainty. More pointedly, they looked at us with disdain, perhaps,<br />
because of our feeble attempts to underst<strong>and</strong> the complexity of their<br />
situation <strong>and</strong> their subtle rebellion.<br />
I am not sure what I was hoping to find at the PCC. I am a rather<br />
practiced traveler, often aware of what Wayne Fife calls the<br />
“postmodernist form of tourism,” a situation in which one is not interested<br />
in the “modernist projection of authenticity at all but rather about poking<br />
fun at the idea that such authenticity is actually possible” (64-65). It is,<br />
perhaps, this postmodernist perspective, which can make simulated travel<br />
acceptable. One experiences the place with the off-kilter perspective of<br />
camp <strong>and</strong> humor, like getting married in Vegas, which is something my<br />
husb<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> I did because it was a chance to both poke fun at the<br />
institution of marriage, while participating in it. But this makes me think a<br />
great deal about what is so compelling about these experiences, how even<br />
knowledge of the hyperreality is not enough to fight its affect, or the<br />
degree to which the hyperreality provides the excuse for the educated<br />
traveler to make fun of oneself in the act of participating in the institution<br />
(marriage) or action (tourism).<br />
One reviewer in July, 2008 spoke to the complexity of simulated<br />
travel:<br />
I'm really split between liking the fact that this center<br />
supports Polynesian students <strong>and</strong> hating the fact that this<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Simulated Travel 95<br />
is where Mormon missionary brainwashing <strong>and</strong> white<br />
North American fetishism collide.<br />
I enjoyed myself (although the luau was kind of a hoax),<br />
despite the fact that it was like going to Disneyl<strong>and</strong>. You<br />
know, except for cultural exploitation <strong>and</strong> what not. I<br />
learned a bit about Polynesia (<strong>and</strong> Melanesia, which, I<br />
have to admit I didn't realize existed), but overall, the<br />
whole center was problematic. Polynesian culture really<br />
shouldn't be put on display like this, particularly the parts<br />
that played up to North American stereotypes of isl<strong>and</strong>ers.<br />
Moreover, anything Mormon is questionable.<br />
Generally, Hawai'i is nearing a very sad place where we<br />
have to learn about cultures through theme parks.<br />
Whatever happened to the Hawai'i independent of<br />
tourism? More <strong>and</strong> more, places like the Polynesian<br />
Cultural Center will replace the rich cultures of Hawai'i<br />
(<strong>and</strong> Samoa, Tahiti, Tonga, etc...)—a farcical testament to<br />
them. I beg anyone that reads this <strong>and</strong> visits Hawai'i to<br />
keep it real, keep it local! Hawai'i is more than a vacation<br />
spot. Stay away from the tourism!<br />
This reviewer’s strong admonition to, “Stay away from the tourism!”<br />
hits at the heart of Fife’s observations on modernist tourism—as if there is<br />
a way to escape the inauthentic <strong>and</strong> find the local. However, this<br />
commentary puts into relief the actual dangers of such simulated travel.<br />
Recently, I took my 10-month old son for his first hayride at one of the<br />
many local farms open for business in the fall. My older stepsons had run<br />
through corn mazes <strong>and</strong> played on the carnival rides at this place for<br />
years, but I had never gone beyond the “front” stage—of the shop with<br />
pumpkins, flowers <strong>and</strong> fresh produce. On the return trip from behind the<br />
façade of the store, the tractor paused as a group of migrant workers<br />
quickly loaded a pickup truck with baskets that they would take to the<br />
fields; everyone grew silent, reality under our noses. The invisibility of<br />
the labor that went into making the pumpkin on our front porch possible,<br />
the hayride enjoyable, was made visible: “A reality that one cannot not<br />
know.” Simulated travel allows for the escape, but really seeing the<br />
migrant workers, for instance, requires that I underst<strong>and</strong> their presence in<br />
my community <strong>and</strong> that I have to think about this issue <strong>and</strong> speak to it.<br />
Many students might argue, based on this comment, that thinking<br />
about these things makes travel no longer “fun.” But who said that travel<br />
was essentially about “fun”? Perhaps, travel could be more about<br />
hypervigilance, rather than hyperreality, when the traveler recognizes the<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
96 Hasseler<br />
seductive quality of the modernist search for authenticity <strong>and</strong> rejects the<br />
free pass offered by the postmodernist self-ironic posture. Psychological<br />
literature speaks of the anxiety inherent in the hypervigilant’s constant<br />
responsiveness to her environment. If hypervigilance is understood to<br />
include an ethical responsiveness to the environment one travels in, it<br />
counters what one normally associates with travel, which is often about<br />
freedom. What that vigilant travel might look like is hard to know; it is<br />
probably more of a process of constant assessment, self-questioning, <strong>and</strong><br />
self-commentary <strong>and</strong> critique, rather than a completed state. And this may<br />
not be “fun,” but it is certainly a more self-aware perspective.<br />
In-class Activities<br />
In order to start the discussion, I find it helpful to have students theorize<br />
tourism <strong>and</strong> then to discuss personal touring experiences. For the first, I<br />
ask students to discuss a passage from Don Delillo’s White Noise. This<br />
passage about the Most Photographed Barn in America is wonderfully<br />
wicked, <strong>and</strong> it brings up crucial questions about the way that tourism<br />
confounds the real <strong>and</strong> the simulated: How the ubiquitous signage for the<br />
barn precedes the actual barn; how the experience is already framed for<br />
the tourist aesthetic; how the spirituality of tourism is a surrender to the<br />
collection of artifacts, basically, consumption; how hype makes it<br />
impossible to see a thing in <strong>and</strong> of itself; <strong>and</strong> how a site ostensibly persists<br />
as a tourist site because of the presence of tourists. Also, it is not<br />
surprising that Delillo’s referent is a barn: what could be more<br />
representative of the image of a simpler America than a nostalgic old<br />
barn? Activities could then encourage students in an exploration of local<br />
or not-so-local cultural theme parks <strong>and</strong> locations, <strong>and</strong> end with a<br />
discussion of a more vigilant form of tourism.<br />
Activity #1: Have students read the following section from Don Delilo’s<br />
book White Noise <strong>and</strong> address the questions at the end of the excerpt .This<br />
scene is set early in the book when the narrator takes his new colleague<br />
Murray to experience a local tourist site. Students could be asked to<br />
consider a number of questions. (Also, please reference the questions<br />
offered by the Penguin Modern Classics Library edition.)<br />
Several days later Murray asked me about a tourist<br />
attraction known as the most photographed barn in<br />
America. We drove twenty-two miles into the country<br />
around Farmington. There were meadows <strong>and</strong> apple<br />
orchards. White fences trailed through the rolling fields.<br />
Soon the signs started appearing. THE MOST<br />
PHOTOGRAPHED BARN IN AMERICA. We counted<br />
five signs before we reached the site. There were forty<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Simulated Travel 97<br />
cars <strong>and</strong> a tour bus in the makeshift lot. We walked along<br />
a cow path to the slightly elevated spot set aside for<br />
viewing <strong>and</strong> photographing. All the people had cameras;<br />
some had tripods, telephoto lens, filter kits. A man in a<br />
booth sold postcards <strong>and</strong> slides—pictures of the barn<br />
taken from the elevated spot. We stood near a grove of<br />
trees <strong>and</strong> watched the photographers. Murray maintained<br />
a prolonged silence, occasionally scrawling some notes in<br />
a little book.<br />
“No one sees the barn,” he said finally.<br />
A long silence followed.<br />
“Once you’ve seen the signs about the barn, it becomes<br />
impossible to see the barn.” He fell silent once more.<br />
People with cameras left the elevated site, replaced at<br />
once by others.<br />
“We’re not here to capture an image, we’re here to<br />
maintain one. Every photograph reinforces the aura. Can<br />
you feel it, Jack? An accumulation of nameless energies.”<br />
There was an extended silence. The man in the booth<br />
sold postcards <strong>and</strong> slides.<br />
“Being here is a kind of spiritual surrender. We see<br />
only what the others see. The thous<strong>and</strong>s who were here in<br />
the past, those will come in the future. We’ve agreed to be<br />
part of a collective perception. This literally colors our<br />
vision. A religious experience in a way, like all tourism.”<br />
Another silence ensued.<br />
“They are taking pictures of taking pictures,” he said. He<br />
did not speak for a while. We listened to the incessant<br />
clicking of shutter release buttons, the rustling crank of<br />
levers that advanced the film.<br />
“What was the barn like before it was<br />
photographed?” he said. “What did it look like, how was<br />
it different from other barns, how was it similar to other<br />
barns? We can’t answer these questions because we’ve<br />
read the signs, seen the people snapping the pictures. We<br />
can’t get outside the aura. We’re part of the aura. We’re<br />
here, we’re now.”<br />
He seemed immensely please by this. (12-13)<br />
1. How is the tourist experience of the Most Photographed Barn similar<br />
to our experiences of picture-taking while traveling, my Big Ben<br />
experience?<br />
2. How is the Most Photographed Barn an example of hyperreality?<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
98 Hasseler<br />
3. Why does Murray conclude that once one has bought (consumed) signs<br />
<strong>and</strong> representations of a thing, one can longer experience the thing itself?<br />
Is that an apt explanation of the experience of tourism?<br />
4. How do tourists help to maintain an image as opposed to the “thing”<br />
itself?<br />
Activity #2: Have students share travel experiences—starting with<br />
childhood experiences with places such as Disney or amusement parks. I<br />
have found that many students in a range of socio-economic positions<br />
have had Disney experiences. If not, many have very good ideas of what<br />
Disney is like <strong>and</strong> images drawn from Websites are helpful to make the<br />
place concrete. Exp<strong>and</strong> the discussion to include cultural parks that<br />
students with more international travel might have experienced—such as<br />
The Tower of London. Or include travel students may have had to resort<br />
communities in the Caribbean <strong>and</strong> Mexico. Ask students what they can<br />
recall of those who worked in these locations? Ask students whether they<br />
live or have lived in a tourist spot, worked in one? Discuss how working<br />
in a tourist site is a very different experience than traveling to a tourist<br />
location. In New Engl<strong>and</strong>, students from Vermont often talk about the leaf<br />
watchers who invade their homes during fall weekends. It is interesting to<br />
hear the frustration present in their voices. International students have<br />
interesting stories to share about American tourists in their countries.<br />
Similarly, international students often have initial experiences with<br />
America through Disney <strong>and</strong>/or Las Vegas, <strong>and</strong> it is useful to discuss how<br />
these experiences frame their underst<strong>and</strong>ing of America.<br />
Activity #3: Have students research a cultural location. Most have a local<br />
site fairly close by. For instance, both Plimoth Plantation <strong>and</strong> Old<br />
Sturbridge Village are within driving distance of my location. Similarly,<br />
more overtly theme-based locations, such as Six Flags Amusement Park<br />
are within a day’s driving distance. Have students think about the kinds of<br />
questions raised about simulated travel, authenticity, hidden labor,<br />
hyperreality, <strong>and</strong> hypervigilance.<br />
Activity #4: Have students construct a definition for an alternative form of<br />
travel, based on greater vigilance.<br />
Works Cited<br />
Bauman, Valerie. “Investigations Show Cheating of Foreign Workers in<br />
New York.” New York Times. New York Times, 3 November 2008.<br />
Web. <strong>29</strong> September <strong>2009</strong>.<br />
Césaire, Aimé. Discourse on Colonialism. 1955. Trans. John Pinkham.<br />
New York: Monthly Review Press, 2000. Print.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Simulated Travel 99<br />
DeLillo, Don. White Noise: Text <strong>and</strong> Criticism. 1984. Ed. Mark Osteen.<br />
New York: Penguin, 1998. Print.<br />
Fife, Wayne. “Semantic Slippage as a New Aspect of Authenticity:<br />
Viking Tourism on the Northern Peninsula of Newfoundl<strong>and</strong>.”<br />
Journal of Folklore Research. 41.1 (2004): 61-84. Print.<br />
McKeever, Bill. “Oahu’s Polynesian Cultural Center: Aiding <strong>and</strong><br />
Abetting the LDS Missionary Effort.” Mormonism Research<br />
Ministry. Web. <strong>29</strong> September <strong>2009</strong>.<br />
National Lampoon’s European Vacation. Dir. Amy Heckerling. Perf.<br />
Chevy Chase <strong>and</strong> Beverly D’Angelo. Warner Bros. Pictures, 1985.<br />
Film.<br />
Polynesian Cultural Center. Yelp. Web. <strong>29</strong> September <strong>2009</strong>.<br />
Polynesian Cultural Center. Web. <strong>29</strong> September <strong>2009</strong>.<br />
Salamone, Frank. “The Polynesian Cultural Center <strong>and</strong> the Mormon<br />
Image of the Body: Images of Paradise on Laie, Hawai’i.” Religion,<br />
Dress, <strong>and</strong> the Body. Ed. Linda B. Arthur. Oxford: Berg, 2000. Print.<br />
Storey, John, ed. <strong>and</strong> intro. Cultural Theory <strong>and</strong> Popular Culture: A<br />
Reader. 2 nd ed. New York: Pearson/Prentice Hall, 1998. Print.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
Water, Water Everywhere<br />
A Learning <strong>Community</strong><br />
James Dutcher<br />
Professor of English Professor of Chemistry Librarian<br />
Course descriptions<br />
LC 101, Water, Water Everywhere: This Learning <strong>Community</strong> will share<br />
in the wonder of water, learning about its unusual chemical <strong>and</strong> physical<br />
properties <strong>and</strong> why it is essential to life. Water is everywhere <strong>and</strong> without<br />
water, we die within a week. Water is absolutely indispensable for all the<br />
forms of life that have evolved on Earth <strong>and</strong> is the most important<br />
compound on the face of the Earth. Where does water come from? Who<br />
owns the water? How severe is the threat of acid rain? Why is water a<br />
liquid when it should be a gas? How is water able to absorb enormous<br />
amounts of energy without significantly raising its temperature? What<br />
will happen if we continue our present patterns of water use? Will there<br />
always be enough water for everyone, everywhere? How are these issues<br />
represented in literature? What are the spiritual <strong>and</strong> aesthetic dimensions<br />
of water? Some of the works discussed may include: Yann Martel’s Life<br />
of Pi, Kurt Vonnegut’s Cat’s Cradle, Timothy Findley’s Not Wanted on<br />
the Voyage, Hermanne Hesse’s Siddhartha, Philip Ball’s Life’s Matrix: A<br />
Biography of Water, Marilynne Robinson’s Housekeeping, Shakespeare’s<br />
King Lear, “Onondaga Lake: A Case Study” Linda Hogan’s Solar Storms,<br />
David Christner’s Let it Rain, Jonathan Harr’s A Civil Action, V<strong>and</strong>ana<br />
Shiva’s Water Wars, <strong>and</strong> the film The Milagro Bean Field War.<br />
Prerequisites: ENG 101 <strong>and</strong> permission of the instructors.<br />
The Class<br />
In addition to the exploration into the intellectual <strong>and</strong> technical aspects of<br />
literature <strong>and</strong> science, the aim of this course is to encourage critical, i.e.<br />
analytical, thinking <strong>and</strong> to develop scientific, reading, research, <strong>and</strong><br />
writing skills. The course is designed to develop your ability to think in a<br />
variety of academic disciplines: to underst<strong>and</strong>, to intuit, <strong>and</strong> to reason as<br />
well as to introduce you to inductive <strong>and</strong> deductive reasoning <strong>and</strong> to<br />
problem solving. Essay assignments, reading <strong>and</strong> writing assignments,<br />
problem-solving exercises, lab work, <strong>and</strong> exams will be directed toward<br />
all of these goals. Students should be willing to use one of the larger<br />
academic libraries in the area if the HCC Library is unable to provide<br />
sufficient research materials. The class will consist of lecture, discussion,<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
Water, Water Everywhere 101<br />
group work, <strong>and</strong> student presentations. Active student participation is<br />
required.<br />
Papers <strong>and</strong> Assignments<br />
Your writing is expected to be clear, well-organized, <strong>and</strong> free of<br />
errors in grammar, spelling, <strong>and</strong> mechanics. We will be happy to help<br />
anyone with writing difficulties, so please ask for help. You are always<br />
welcome to ask for help with research, outlines, rough drafts, or any other<br />
aspect of your work.<br />
Laboratory Policy<br />
It is anticipated <strong>and</strong> encouraged that lab students interact with one<br />
another <strong>and</strong> with the laboratory instructor in order to thoroughly<br />
underst<strong>and</strong> how to successfully complete the lab reports.<br />
Required Equipment<br />
OSHA-approved safety glasses.<br />
Scientific calculator (strongly recommended).<br />
Required Texts<br />
Ball, Philip. Life’s Matrix: A Biography of Water. Berkeley: University<br />
of California Press, 2001. (Provided to students by the Honors<br />
Program.)<br />
Christner, David W. Let it Rain. Woodstock, IL: Dramatic Publishing<br />
Company, 1980.<br />
Findley, Timothy. Not Wanted on the Voyage. Toronto: Penguin, 1984.<br />
(Provided to students by the Honors Program.)<br />
Haar, Jonathan. A Civil Action. New York: Vintage, 1996.<br />
Hesse, Hermann. Siddhartha. Trans. Hilda Rosner. New York: New<br />
Directions, 1951.<br />
Hogan, Linda. Solar Storms. New York: Scribner, 1995.<br />
Lao Tzu. Tao Te Ching. 25 th Anniversary Edition, New York: Vintage<br />
Books, 1997<br />
Martel, Yann. Life of Pi. New York: Harcourt, 2001.<br />
Robinson, Marilynne. Housekeeping. New York: Farrar, Strauss, Giroux,<br />
1980.<br />
Schwartz, A. Truman, et al. Chemistry in Context: Applying Chemistry to<br />
Society. 2 nd ed. New York: McGraw Hill, 1997.<br />
Shakespeare, William. The Tempest. Ed. Stephen Orgel. New York:<br />
Oxford UP, 1998.<br />
Shiva, V<strong>and</strong>ana. Water Wars: Privatization, Pollution, <strong>and</strong> Profit.<br />
Cambridge, MA: South End Press, 2002.<br />
Vonnegut, Kurt. Cat’s Cradle. New York: Delta, 1963.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
102 Dutcher<br />
Bibliography<br />
Barrett, Andrea. The Forms of Water. New York: Washington Square<br />
Press, 1993.<br />
———. Ship Fever. New York: W. W. Norton, 1996.<br />
Bohjalian, Chris. Water Witches. New York: Scribner, 1995.<br />
Bruchac, Joseph <strong>and</strong> Michael J. Caduto. Native American Stories.<br />
Golden, CO: Fulcrum, 1991.<br />
Butler, Octavia. Parable of the Sower. 1993. New York: Aspect, 1995.<br />
Coffer, William E. (Koi Hosh.) Spirit of the Sacred Mountains: Creation<br />
Stories of the American Indian. New York: Van Nostr<strong>and</strong> Reinhold,<br />
1978.<br />
Conway, Jill Ker et al., eds. Earth, Air, Fire, Water. Amherst: University<br />
of Massachusetts Press, 1999.<br />
Davies, Stevie. The Element of Water. London: The Women’s Press,<br />
2001.<br />
De Villiers, Marq. Water: The Fate of Our Most Precious Resource.<br />
Boston: Mariner Books, 2001.<br />
Dillard, Annie. Pilgrim at Tinker Creek. New York: Harper & Row,<br />
1974.<br />
Duncan, David James. My Story As Told By Water. San Francisco: Sierra<br />
Club Books, 2002.<br />
Duxbury, Alison B., Alyn Duxbury, <strong>and</strong> Keith Sverdup. Fundamentals of<br />
Oceanography. 4 th ed. Boston: McGraw Hill, 2002.<br />
Fagan, Brian. The Great Warming: Climate Change <strong>and</strong> the Rise <strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>Fall</strong> of Civilizations. London: Bloomsbury Press, 2008.<br />
Flannery, Tim. The Weather Makers: How Man is Changing the Climate<br />
<strong>and</strong> What it Means for Life on Earth. New York: Atlantic Monthly<br />
Press, 2006.<br />
Ghosh, Amitav. The Hungry Tide. New York: Houghton Mifflin, 2005.<br />
Gleick, Peter H. The World’s Water 2006-2007: The Biennial Report on<br />
Freshwater Resources. Washington, DC: Isl<strong>and</strong> Press, 2006.<br />
Hatton, John <strong>and</strong> Paul Plouffe, eds. The Culture of <strong>Science</strong>. New York:<br />
Macmillan, 1993.<br />
Kunzig, Robert. Mapping the Deep: The Extraordinary Story of Ocean<br />
<strong>Science</strong>. New York: W. W. Norton, 2000.<br />
Lee, Jeffrey. The Scientific Endeavor. Reading, MA: Benjamin<br />
Cummings, 2000.<br />
Lembke, Janet. Skinny Dipping <strong>and</strong> Other Immersions in Water, Myth,<br />
<strong>and</strong> Being Human. New York: Lyons & Burford, 1994.<br />
Marks, William E. The Holy Order of Water: Healing Earth’s Waters<br />
<strong>and</strong> Ourselves. Great Barrington, MA: Bell Pond Books, 2001.<br />
McComas, William F. “15 Myths of <strong>Science</strong>.” Skeptic. 5.2 (1997): 88–<br />
95.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Water, Water Everywhere 103<br />
Mitchell, John G. “James Bay: Where Two Worlds Collide.” Water: The<br />
Power, Promise, <strong>and</strong> Turmoil of North America’s Fresh Water.<br />
National Geographic Special Edition. 184.5A (1993): 66–75.<br />
Montgomery, Carla. Environmental Geology. 5 th ed., rev. Boston:<br />
McGraw Hill, 2000.<br />
O’Connell, James C., ed. The Pioneer Valley Reader. Stockbridge, MA:<br />
Berkshire House, 1995.<br />
Orr, David W. Earth in Mind: On Education, Environment, <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Human Prospect. Washington, DC: Isl<strong>and</strong> Press, 1994.<br />
Paglia, Camille. Sexual Personae: Art <strong>and</strong> Decadence from Nefertiti to<br />
Emily Dickinson. New York: Vintage, 1990.<br />
Pearce, Fred. When the Rivers Run Dry: Water—The Defining Crisis of<br />
the Twenty-first Century. Boston: Beacon Press, 2007.<br />
Rushdie, Salman. “On Leavened Bread.” The New Yorker. 30 December<br />
1996: 45.<br />
Reisner, Marc. Cadillac Desert: The American West <strong>and</strong> Its<br />
Disappearing Water. New York: Penguin, 1993.<br />
Shakespeare, William. The Tragedy of King Lear. Ed. Jay L. Halio.<br />
Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 1992.<br />
Silko, Leslie Marmon. Ceremony. 1977. New York: Penguin, 1986.<br />
Singh, Simon. Fermat’s Enigma. New York: Doubleday/Anchor, 1998.<br />
Slovic, Scott H. <strong>and</strong> Terrell F. Dixon. Being in the World: An<br />
Environmental Reader for Writers. New York: Macmillan, 1993.<br />
Snyder, Gary. The Practice of the Wild. New York: North Point Press,<br />
1990.<br />
Steingarten, Jeffrey. The Man Who Ate Everything. New York: Vintage,<br />
1997.<br />
Vidal, John. “Liquid Assets.” The Manchester Guardian Weekly.<br />
August 2002.<br />
Water: The Power, Promise, <strong>and</strong> Turmoil of North America’s Fresh<br />
Water. National Geographic Special Edition. 184.5A (1993).<br />
Wetherell, W. D., ed. This American River: Five Centuries of Writing<br />
about the Connecticut. Hanover: University Press of New Engl<strong>and</strong>,<br />
2002.<br />
Wise, Donald U. “Creationism’s Geologic Time Scale.” Geology:<br />
Annual Editions, 1999/2000. 2 nd ed. Ed. Douglas B. Sherman. New<br />
York: Duskin, 2001.<br />
Water, Water Everywhere<br />
A Learning <strong>Community</strong><br />
Assignments are listed on the days they are due, so look—<strong>and</strong> plan—<br />
ahead.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
104 Dutcher<br />
Syllabus<br />
The liquid of which seas, lakes, <strong>and</strong> rivers are composed, <strong>and</strong> which falls<br />
as rain <strong>and</strong> issues from springs. When pure, it is transparent, colorless<br />
(except as seen in large quantity, when it has a blue tint), tasteless, <strong>and</strong><br />
inodorous.<br />
Popular language recognizes kinds of ‘water’ that have not all these<br />
negative properties; but (even apart from any scientific knowledge) it has<br />
usually been more or less clearly understood that these are really mixtures<br />
of water with other substances. (OED2)<br />
And the Albatross begins to be avenged.<br />
Water, water, every where,<br />
And all the boards did shrink;<br />
Water, water, every where,<br />
Nor any drop to drink.<br />
The very deep did rot : O Christ!<br />
That ever this should be!<br />
Yea, slimy things did crawl with legs<br />
Upon the slimy sea.<br />
About, about, in reel <strong>and</strong> rout<br />
The death-fires danced at night;<br />
The water, like a witch’s oils,<br />
Burnt green, <strong>and</strong> blue <strong>and</strong> white.<br />
from Samuel Taylor Coleridge,<br />
Rime of the Ancient Mariner<br />
“Water, taken in moderation, cannot hurt anybody.”<br />
Mark Twain (1835–1910)<br />
“Thous<strong>and</strong>s have lived without love, not one without water.”<br />
W.H. Auden<br />
The ocean is a body of water occupying about two-thirds of a world made<br />
for man—who has no gills.<br />
Ambrose Bierce (1842–1914), The Devil's Dictionary<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Water, Water Everywhere 105<br />
Getting Our Feet Wet<br />
Week 1<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
Fri.<br />
Monday Music: “Rolling Thunder/Shoshone Invocation,<br />
The Main Ten.”<br />
Bread <strong>and</strong> Water, a tasting.<br />
Small Group work (each group should choose a<br />
different member to record the group’s work <strong>and</strong> to<br />
report to the rest of the class):<br />
1. discuss a meaningful water event in each of<br />
your lives;<br />
2. discuss possible answers to the question,<br />
“where does water come from?”<br />
Class covenants distributed: please read, sign, <strong>and</strong> return<br />
next class.<br />
Begin reading Timothy Findley’s Not Wanted on the<br />
Voyage.<br />
Salman Rushdie, “On Leavened Bread” (booklet).<br />
Jeffrey Steingarten, “Water” (booklet).<br />
“Sweathouse Ritual No. 1” (booklet).<br />
Book of Genesis, 1:1–2, Creation (booklet).<br />
Water Use <strong>and</strong> Water Quality: Chemistry in Context:<br />
Applying Chemistry to Society ch. 5, section 5.1<br />
(pp. 150–53); exercise 35, p. 182.<br />
Covenants due: read <strong>and</strong> signed.<br />
Findley Not Wanted on the Voyage pp. 3–61.<br />
LAB: Graphing (see lab schedule for more details).<br />
Film: Plato’s Cave, followed by group discussion.<br />
Findley Not Wanted on the Voyage pp. 61–120.<br />
Book of Genesis, chs. 6–10, Noah <strong>and</strong> the Great Flood<br />
(booklet).<br />
“Leda <strong>and</strong> the Swan” (booklet).<br />
Paper due: 1-page essay on the metaphysical<br />
properties of water (some research might be helpful).<br />
Sign up for first project (due Monday, week 5). The<br />
first project will be a group effort on one of the<br />
following topics:<br />
1. Spiritual qualities of water<br />
2. Chemical <strong>and</strong>/or physical qualities of water<br />
3. Political qualities of water<br />
4. Cosmological qualities of water<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
106 Dutcher<br />
5. Mythic qualities of water.<br />
Four people may sign up for each topic. That team<br />
will then collaborate on research, brainstorming, <strong>and</strong><br />
writing to produce a researched <strong>and</strong> documented 5-<br />
page paper. Each group will give a 10-minute<br />
presentation on their work in class.<br />
Epistemology: how do we know what we know? In this section of the<br />
class we explore how <strong>and</strong> why information is sought <strong>and</strong> obtained as well<br />
as strategies to determine whether information is valid <strong>and</strong> reliable. We<br />
will discuss questions such as what is knowledge <strong>and</strong> how do we<br />
distinguish one form from another? How do we acquire <strong>and</strong> use<br />
knowledge? What is scientific knowledge? What is the relationship<br />
between myths <strong>and</strong> theories? What is the difference between inductive<br />
<strong>and</strong> deductive reasoning? Why are these questions important?<br />
Solve the riddle: H _ _ _ _ _ _ O<br />
(clue on last page)<br />
Week 2<br />
100% Chance of Rain<br />
Nympha pudica Deum vidit, et erubuit.<br />
The conscious water saw its God, <strong>and</strong> blushed.<br />
(Richard Crashaw, 1612?–1649, Epigrammata Sacra. Aquae in Vinum<br />
Versae. (His own translation.)<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
Monday Music: Creedence Clearwater Revival,<br />
“Who’ll Stop the Rain?”<br />
Findley Not Wanted on the Voyage pp. 120–181.<br />
What is <strong>Science</strong>?<br />
Lee, “Introduction,” ch. 1 in The Scientific Endeavor,<br />
pp. 1–10 (booklet).<br />
Lecture on critical essays, the MLA style, <strong>and</strong><br />
research.<br />
Wynn, “Does Theory Ever Become Fact?” in <strong>Science</strong><br />
<strong>and</strong> Its Ways of Knowing, pp. 60–62;<br />
questions for discussion 1–2, p. 63 (booklet).<br />
“Laws <strong>and</strong> Theories” exercise (booklet).<br />
Definition <strong>and</strong> definition of “myth.”<br />
Dylan Thomas, “A Refusal to Mourn the Death,<br />
By Fire, of a Child in London” (Booklet).<br />
Findley Not Wanted on the Voyage pp. 181–242.<br />
LAB: Inductive Reasoning (see lab schedule for more<br />
details).<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Water, Water Everywhere 107<br />
Fri. McComas, “15 Myths of <strong>Science</strong>” in Skeptic, pp. 88–<br />
95 (booklet).<br />
Findley Not Wanted on the Voyage pp. 242–-301.<br />
Full Moon<br />
Fhairshon has a son,<br />
Who married Noah’s daughter,<br />
And nearly spoiled ta Flood,<br />
By trinking up ta water.<br />
Which he would have done,<br />
I at least pelieve it,<br />
Had the mixture peen<br />
Only half Glenlivet.<br />
(W.E. Aytoun, 1813 – 1865, from<br />
“The Execution of Montrose,” vii)<br />
Drink no longer water, but use a little wine for thy stomach’s sake <strong>and</strong><br />
thine often infirmities (King James Bible, 1 Timothy 5:23).<br />
And Noah he often said to his wife when he sat down to dine, ‘I don’t care<br />
where the water goes if it doesn’t get into the wine.’ (G. K. Chesterton,<br />
1874–1936, Wine <strong>and</strong> Water.)<br />
What is a “clepsydra”?<br />
A monarchy is a merchantman which sails well, but will sometimes strike<br />
on a rock, <strong>and</strong> go to the bottom; a republic is a raft which will never sink,<br />
but then your feet are always in the water. (Fisher Ames, 1758–1808,<br />
House of Representatives, 1795)<br />
Week 3<br />
Limits to Conclusions?<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
Monday Music: Eric Clapton, “Let it Rain.”<br />
Ball, “Pride, Prejudice, <strong>and</strong> Pathology—The Allure of<br />
Weird Water,” ch. 10 in Life’s Matrix, pp.<br />
271-79.<br />
Findley Not Wanted on the Voyage pp. 301-352 (end).<br />
1-page “critical reaction” paper due on Not Wanted.<br />
Guest lecturer: Dr. Marion Copel<strong>and</strong>.<br />
Ball, “A Drop of Something Stronger—Water as<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
108 Dutcher<br />
Savior,” ch. 11 in Life’s Matrix, pp. <strong>29</strong>3-310.<br />
Piet Hut, “Structuring Reality: The Role of Limits”<br />
(h<strong>and</strong>out).<br />
LAB: Properties of Water (boiling point, density vs.<br />
temperature, cooling curve—temperature vs.<br />
time, surface tension).<br />
Fri.<br />
Christner, Let it Rain.<br />
Ball, ch. 11 continued.<br />
Begin reading Life of Pi.<br />
The Wonder of Water: our learning community will share in the wonder<br />
of water, learn about its unusual physical <strong>and</strong> chemical properties, trace its<br />
movement about the Earth <strong>and</strong> why it is essential to life. Life originated<br />
in water yet this vital resource is being threatened by living beings. Water<br />
has been a compelling image in literature, <strong>and</strong> issues ranging from “Who<br />
owns the water?” to “Is there enough water for everyone, everywhere?”<br />
will be considered from both scientific <strong>and</strong> literary perspectives.<br />
I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life<br />
freely. (Bible, Revelation 21:6)<br />
From the waterfall he named her,<br />
Minnehaha, Laughing Water.<br />
(Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, 1807 – 1882, iv. Hiawatha <strong>and</strong><br />
Mudjekeewis)<br />
CXXIII.<br />
There rolls the deep where grew the tree.<br />
O earth, what changes hast thou seen!<br />
There where the long street roars, hath been<br />
The stillness of the central sea.<br />
The hills are shadows, <strong>and</strong> they flow<br />
From form to form, <strong>and</strong> nothing st<strong>and</strong>s;<br />
They melt like mist, the solid l<strong>and</strong>s,<br />
Like clouds they shape themselves <strong>and</strong> go.<br />
But in my spirit will I dwell,<br />
And dream my dream, <strong>and</strong> hold it true;<br />
For tho’ my lips may breathe adieu,<br />
I cannot think the thing farewell.<br />
(Alfred, Lord Tennyson, In Memoriam, 1833)<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Week 4<br />
Raining Tigers <strong>and</strong> Hyenas<br />
Water, Water Everywhere 109<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
Fri.<br />
Monday Music: Bap Kennedy, “Mostly Water.”<br />
H 2 0: Surprising Stuff.<br />
Chemistry, ch. 5, § 5.2, pp. 154-55. Refer to ch. 1, §<br />
1.8, pp. 16-18, for “Chemical Change:<br />
Reactions <strong>and</strong> Equations.”<br />
Martel, Life of Pi, chs. 1-33.<br />
The Anomalous Liquid.<br />
Ball, “Between Heaven <strong>and</strong> Earth—Why Water<br />
is the Weirdest Liquid,” ch. 6, pp. 151-57.<br />
Martel, Life of Pi, chs. 34-66.<br />
In-class writing on Life of Pi.<br />
LAB: an Energy Conservation problem dealing with<br />
hot water. There are no instructions, procedures, or<br />
data sheets for this lab. There is simply a problem to<br />
solve that requires reasoning skills <strong>and</strong> creativity.<br />
Molecular Structure <strong>and</strong> Physical Properties.<br />
Chemistry, ch. 5, § 5.3 – 5.4, pp. 156-59. Refer to ch.<br />
1, § 1.5, pp. 10-13, for “Classifying Matter:<br />
Elements, Compounds, <strong>and</strong> Mixtures” <strong>and</strong> §<br />
1.6, pp. 13-14, for “Atoms <strong>and</strong> Molecules.”<br />
Martel, Life of Pi, chs. 67-100 (end).<br />
1-page paper due on the nature of knowledge.<br />
I got this powdered water; now I don’t know what to add.<br />
Steven Wright<br />
Evil is like water: it abounds, is cheap, soon fouls, but runs itself clear of<br />
taint.<br />
Samuel Butler<br />
I never drink water. I’m afraid it will become habit-forming.<br />
W. C. Fields<br />
I never drink water; that is the stuff that rusts pipes.<br />
W. C. Fields<br />
You can’t trust water: even a straight stick turns crooked in it.<br />
W. C. Fields<br />
Buoyed by water, he can fly in any direction—up, down, sideways—by<br />
merely flipping his h<strong>and</strong>. Under water, man becomes an archangel.<br />
Jacques Cousteau<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
110 Dutcher<br />
Week 5<br />
Water Magic<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
Fri.<br />
Monday Music: DMB, “Don’t Drink the Water.”<br />
Project Presentations.<br />
Molecular Structure <strong>and</strong> Physical Properties<br />
continued.<br />
Harr, A Civil Action, pp. 3–105.<br />
Why Water is Crooked.<br />
Ball, “Between Heaven <strong>and</strong> Earth—Why Water Is the<br />
Weirdest Liquid,” ch. 6 in Life’s Matrix, pp.<br />
167–74.<br />
Project Presentations.<br />
Pizza.<br />
Harr, A Civil Action, pp. 105–208.<br />
*****<br />
LAB: Fluoridation. Bottles of sodium fluoride have a<br />
skull <strong>and</strong> crossbones emblem on them to warn that the<br />
substance is a dangerous poison <strong>and</strong> is sometimes<br />
used to kill rats. Yet, sodium fluoride is added to<br />
public drinking water. Is fluoridation part of an evil<br />
plot to poison us? You will determine the fluoride<br />
content of a water sample using spectrophotometry, a<br />
technique based on measuring the concentration of a<br />
colored solution based upon its ability to absorb light.<br />
You will compare your results with the fluoride limits<br />
set by public health st<strong>and</strong>ards.<br />
Water <strong>and</strong> Life.<br />
Guest Lecturer: Prof. Kate Maiolatesi.<br />
Crisis: there are numerous water issues that threaten the planet. Who<br />
owns the water? How severe are the effects of acid precipitation on<br />
materials, visibility, <strong>and</strong> human health? Is acid rain a major contributing<br />
cause to fish kill, damage to lakes <strong>and</strong> streams, <strong>and</strong> unhealthy forests? Is<br />
acid rain a scientific issue or a political issue? (Or a spiritual issue?)<br />
Why has Onondaga Lake, in Syracuse, become so polluted? How do<br />
deforestation <strong>and</strong> construction of dams contribute to environmental<br />
contamination of water? What can be done to minimize the threat of<br />
destroying much of the biodiversity of the coral reefs?<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Water, Water Everywhere 111<br />
Water has inspired great poetry <strong>and</strong> literature. Our language is full of<br />
allusions to springs, depths, currents, rivers, seas, rain, mist, dew, <strong>and</strong><br />
snowfall. To a great extent our language is about water <strong>and</strong> people in<br />
relation to water. We think of time flowing like a river. We cry oceans of<br />
tears. We ponder the wellsprings of thought. . . . Our relation to water is<br />
fundamentally somatic, which is to say it is experienced bodily. The brain<br />
literally floats on a cushion of water. The body consists mostly of water.<br />
We play in water, fish in it, bathe in it, <strong>and</strong> drink it. Some of us were<br />
baptized in it. We like the feel of salt spray in our faces <strong>and</strong> the smell of<br />
rain that ends a dry summer heat wave. The sound of mountain water<br />
heals what hurts. We are mostly water <strong>and</strong> have an affinity for it that<br />
transcends our ability to describe it in mere words. (Orr, 1994, p. 54)<br />
Week 6<br />
Bottoms Up!<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
Fri.<br />
Monday Music: Frank Black & The Catholics: St.<br />
Francis Dam Disaster.”<br />
Water <strong>and</strong> Energy.<br />
Chemistry, ch. 5: § 5.8, pp. 165–68.<br />
Harr, A Civil Action, pp. 208–315.<br />
Sign up for second project (due Monday, week 10).<br />
Water <strong>and</strong> Energy, continued.<br />
Harr, A Civil Action, pp. 315–401.<br />
LAB: Properties of Water (see lab schedule for more<br />
details).<br />
Potability <strong>and</strong> Purification of Water.<br />
Chemistry, ch. 5: § 5.9–5.14, pp. 170–77.<br />
Harr, A Civil Action, pp. 405–502 (end).<br />
Guest Lecturer: Jonathan Harr.<br />
1-page “critical reaction” paper due on A Civil Action.<br />
Full Moon<br />
Week 7<br />
Who Owns It?<br />
Mon.<br />
Monday Music: H<strong>and</strong>el, “Water Music.”<br />
Hour Exam I.<br />
Samual Taylor Coleridge, “Rime of the Ancient<br />
Mariner.”<br />
Read this online at:<br />
http://etext.lib.virginia.edu/stc/Coleridge/poe<br />
ms/Rime_Ancient_Mariner.html (If you are<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
112 Dutcher<br />
Wed.<br />
Fri.<br />
<br />
not able to read the poem online, let us<br />
know.)<br />
Hogan, Solar Storms, pp. 11-59.<br />
Shiva, Water Wars, “Introduction: Converting<br />
Abundance Into Scarcity,” pp. 1–17.<br />
Ball, “Epilogue: Blue Gold,” in Life’s Matrix, pp.<br />
337-72.<br />
Hogan, Solar Storms, pp. 60-113.<br />
LAB: Properties of Water—Heat of Fusion.<br />
Shiva, Water Wars, “Water Rights: the State, the<br />
Market, the <strong>Community</strong>,” ch. 1, pp. 19–37.<br />
Hogan, Solar Storms, pp. 114–144.<br />
John G. Mitchell, “James Bay: Where Two Worlds<br />
Collide” (booklet).<br />
1-page “critical reaction” paper due on the wonder of<br />
water<br />
Spring Recess<br />
Film: The Milagro Beanfield War (118 mins). Please view this film<br />
before Week 8. You may borrow the HCC copy (on reserve) overnight<br />
for free or you may be able to rent it from your local video store. It is<br />
wonderful!<br />
Week 8<br />
It Calls for Stormy Weather<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
Music: Peter Gabriel, “Red Rain” <strong>and</strong> B.B. King,<br />
“Stormy Monday.”<br />
Shiva, Water Wars, “Climate Change <strong>and</strong> the Water<br />
Crisis,” ch. 2, pp.39–51.<br />
Hogan, Solar Storms, pp. 145–236.<br />
Shiva, Water Wars, “The Colonization of Rivers:<br />
Dams <strong>and</strong> Water Wars,” ch. 3, pp. 72–82<br />
only.<br />
Learning Communities Midsemester Evaluation<br />
(SGIFS).<br />
Hogan, Solar Storms, pp. 237–312.<br />
Field trip to Quabbin Reservoir, 12:30 – 3:00 (to be<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Water, Water Everywhere 113<br />
confirmed).<br />
LAB: Field Trip to Quabbin Reservoir (lecture <strong>and</strong><br />
picnic by the water).<br />
Fri. Shiva, Water Wars, “Food <strong>and</strong> Water,” ch. 5, pp. 107–<br />
117.<br />
Hogan, Solar Storms, pp. 313–351 (end).<br />
1-page “critical reaction” paper due on Solar Storms.<br />
Guest lecturer: Prof. Patricia Kennedy.<br />
Week 9<br />
The Threat of Acid Rain<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
Fri.<br />
Monday Music: Beth Orton <strong>and</strong> William Orbit,<br />
“Water from a Vine Leaf.”<br />
Acids, Bases, <strong>and</strong> pH.<br />
Chemistry, ch. 6: § 6.1 – 6.3, pp. 184-88 <strong>and</strong> § 6.6, pp.<br />
193-96.<br />
Chaucer, “The Miller’s Tale” (booklet).<br />
Acid Rain, Combustion of Coal, <strong>and</strong> Effects of Acid<br />
Precipitation.<br />
Chemistry, ch. 6: § 6.7–6.12, pp. 196–206.<br />
Tennyson, from In Memoriam (booklet).<br />
LAB: Water Purification <strong>and</strong> Determination of Water<br />
Hardness.<br />
Damage to Lakes, Streams, <strong>and</strong> Forests: Politics of<br />
Acid Rain.<br />
Chemistry, ch. 6: § 6.13–6.16, pp. 207–14.<br />
Wallace Stevens, “Sunday Morning” (booklet).<br />
1-page “critical reaction” paper due on Water Wars.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
114 Dutcher<br />
Week 10<br />
Onondaga Lake: A Case Study<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
Fri.<br />
Monday Music: Poco, “Blue Water.”<br />
Risks <strong>and</strong> Benefits of Industrialization.<br />
Chemistry, ch. 7: § 7.1 – 7.4, pp. 220-30.<br />
Presentations: abstract (written <strong>and</strong> oral) of final<br />
paper.<br />
○Full Moon<br />
Pollutants <strong>and</strong> Mercury Toxicity Found in Onondaga<br />
Lake.<br />
Chemistry, ch. 7: § 7.5–7.7, pp. 230–36.<br />
Presentations: abstract of final paper.<br />
Pizza.<br />
Individual conferences in Jim’s office.<br />
LAB: Vernal Pools (We will explore the HCC campus<br />
to find <strong>and</strong> analyze the biotic population in emergent<br />
vernal pools. Dress appropriately.)<br />
Technical, Political, <strong>and</strong> Economic Barriers to<br />
Cleaning Onondaga Lake.<br />
Chemistry, ch. 7: § 7.8, pp. 237–41.<br />
Schedule final presentations (during Finals week).<br />
Shakespeare, The Tempest, Act. 1.<br />
Week 11<br />
Water Pollution<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
Monday Music: Nitty Gritty Dirt B<strong>and</strong>, “Ripplin’<br />
Waters.”<br />
Marks, “Dead Fish,” ch. 9 in The Holy Order of Water<br />
(booklet).<br />
Montgomery, “Water Pollution,” ch. 6 in<br />
Environmental Geology, pp. 385–410<br />
(booklet).<br />
Shakespeare, The Tempest, Act. 2.<br />
Water Pollution, continued.<br />
Nichols, “Keep It Simple” in Slovik <strong>and</strong> Dixon, Being<br />
in the World, pp. 679–83 (booklet).<br />
Shakespeare, The Tempest, Act. 3.<br />
LAB: Aquatic Ecosystems <strong>and</strong> the impact of human<br />
activities.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Water, Water Everywhere 115<br />
Fri.<br />
Music: John Hiatt, “The Tiki Bar is Open.”<br />
Film: Underst<strong>and</strong>ing Oceans. Meet Thor Heyerdahl<br />
who sailed his balsa-wood raft, Kon Tiki, from Peru to<br />
Polynesia to prove his theory of ancient ocean<br />
migration. Learn how the ocean <strong>and</strong> air work together<br />
to create the disastrous El Niño. Trace the path <strong>and</strong><br />
motion of currents, the winds of the ocean. Monitor<br />
ocean pollution. Consider the effects of global<br />
warming.<br />
Shakespeare, The Tempest, Acts 4–5.<br />
“Here lies one whose name was writ in water.”<br />
(John Keats, 1795–1821: epitaph composed for himself, qtd.<br />
in Lord Houghton, Life of Keats, ii.91)<br />
I did not lose myself all at once. I rubbed out my face over the years<br />
washing away my pain, the same way carvings on stone are worn down<br />
by water.<br />
Amy Tan (b.1952) US novelist<br />
Week 12<br />
Blow, winds, <strong>and</strong> crack your cheeks! rage! blow!<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
Shakespeare, from King Lear<br />
Monday Music: Jimmy Buffett <strong>and</strong> the Coral Reefer<br />
B<strong>and</strong>.<br />
Lao Tzu, Tao Te Ching (entire).<br />
Guest Lecturer: Dr. Xian Liu.<br />
Coral Reefs.<br />
Duxbury, et al., “The Ocean Basin Floor,” § 4.3 in<br />
Fundamentals of Oceanography, pp. 81–82<br />
(booklet).<br />
Duxbury, et al., “Tropical Coral Reefs,” § 12.10, pp.<br />
309–12 (booklet).<br />
Robinson, Housekeeping, pp. 3–59.<br />
LAB: Coral Reefs.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
116 Dutcher<br />
Fri.<br />
Hour Exam II.<br />
John Tallmadge, “In the Mazes of Quetico” (booklet).<br />
Robinson, Housekeeping, pp. 60–94.<br />
3-page critical, researched paper due on The Tempest.<br />
Saturday: Field Trip to Mystic Aquarium (mark your<br />
calendars!)<br />
Origins of Water: how did Earth become a water planet? The Earth’s<br />
solar orbit, its rotation, <strong>and</strong> the atmospheric gases above the Earth’s<br />
surface produce surface temperatures that allow water to exist as liquid<br />
water. Infant Earth was a world without water. How do we know that<br />
Earth was not originally formed with continents, oceans, <strong>and</strong> atmosphere?<br />
Is it possible that a rain of comets may have brought the Earth its water?<br />
What is the total amount of water on Earth? Is it constant? How reliable<br />
are the scientific theories about water? Does water speak to us in spiritual<br />
ways? Is water myth water truth? Do Sumerian writings, Egyptian<br />
writings, Greek philosophy, <strong>and</strong> Genesis accounts of water’s creation<br />
provide insights to its origins? How are our human bodies connected with<br />
water <strong>and</strong> water healing? What are the aesthetic dimensions of water?<br />
The study of mathematics is apt to commence in disappointment....We are<br />
told that by its aid the stars are weighed <strong>and</strong> the billions of molecules in a<br />
drop of water are counted. Yet, like the ghost of Hamlet's father, this<br />
greatest science eludes the efforts of our mental weapons to grasp it.<br />
Whitehead, Alfred North (1861–1947)<br />
An Introduction to Mathematics<br />
Hence in a season of calm weather<br />
Though inl<strong>and</strong> far we be,<br />
Our souls have sight of that immortal sea<br />
Which brought us hither,<br />
Can in a moment travel thither,<br />
And see the children sport upon the shore,<br />
And hear the mighty waters rolling evermore.<br />
William Wordsworth (1770–1850) English poet<br />
Ode, Intimations of Immortality, 9<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Water, Water Everywhere 117<br />
Week 13<br />
Origins<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
<br />
Monday Music: Julie Miller, “Out in the Rain.”<br />
Film: Celestial Earth (based on current scientific<br />
theory, Celestial Earth represents 6 billion years in<br />
only 10 minutes. In this proportionally condensed<br />
time-scale, each film minute represents 600 million<br />
years).<br />
Time Perspective (booklet).<br />
Drill exercise dealing with time (booklet).<br />
Robinson, Housekeeping, pp. 95–142.<br />
Ball, “The First Flood—Water’s Origins,” ch. 1 in<br />
Life’s Matrix, pp. 1–21.<br />
“How Thunder <strong>and</strong> Earthquake Made Ocean” (a<br />
Pacific Northwest Native American legend)<br />
in Bruchac, Native American Stories<br />
(booklet).<br />
Marvin Bram, “Commencement Speech” (booklet).<br />
Robinson, Housekeeping, pp. 143–92.<br />
LAB: Planning <strong>and</strong> beginning the Experimental<br />
Design Lab scheduled for next week.<br />
Fri.<br />
“The First Flood—Water’s Origins,” continued.<br />
Robinson, Housekeeping, pp. 193–(end).<br />
Guest Lecturer: Dr. Kim Hicks, Director of the HCC<br />
Honors Program.<br />
1-page critical reaction paper due on Housekeeping.<br />
One may not doubt that, somehow, good<br />
Shall come of water <strong>and</strong> of mud;<br />
And, sure, the reverent eye must see<br />
A purpose in liquidity.<br />
(Rupert Brooke, 1887–1915, The Hill)<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
118 Dutcher<br />
I believe in getting into hot water; it keeps you clean.<br />
G. K. Chesteron<br />
Beauty is a form of genius—is higher, indeed, than genius, as it needs no<br />
explanation. It is one of the great facts in the world like sunlight, or<br />
springtime, or the reflection in dark water of that silver shell we call the<br />
moon.<br />
Oscar Wilde (1856–1900), Anglo-Irish<br />
playwright, novelist<br />
Week 14<br />
Water as Hope<br />
Merses profundo: pulchrior evenit.<br />
Plunge it in deep water: it comes up more beautiful.<br />
(Horace, 65–8 BCE, Ars Poetica, iv. 65)<br />
Mon.<br />
Wed.<br />
Fri.<br />
Monday Music: Cry, Cry, Cry, “Down By the<br />
Water.”<br />
Marks, “Is Water Myth Water Truth?” in The Holy<br />
Order of Water, pp. 77–100 (booklet).<br />
Vonnegut, Cat’s Cradle, chs. 1–33.<br />
Full Moon<br />
Marks, continued.<br />
Vonnegut, Cat’s Cradle, chs. 34–66.<br />
LAB: Scientific Hypothesis <strong>and</strong> Designing an<br />
Experiment—Be creative! You will have the<br />
opportunity to design your own experiment. Think<br />
of a problem that you want to investigate. Develop<br />
a hypothesis <strong>and</strong> then design an experiment to test<br />
it. Collect <strong>and</strong> analyze your data <strong>and</strong> make<br />
conclusions.<br />
Wise, “Creationism’s Geologic Time Scale,”<br />
(booklet).<br />
Vonnegut, Cat’s Cradle, chs. 67–100 (end).<br />
1-page critical reaction paper due on Cat’s Cradle.<br />
“The last thing I have to say is that ice is the past tense of water. I've<br />
always wanted to write that sentence <strong>and</strong> now I have.” (Rita Mae Brown)<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Water, Water Everywhere 119<br />
The King over the Water. (Jacobite toast, 18 th century).<br />
The sound of water escaping from mill-dams, etc., willows, old rotten<br />
planks, slimy posts, <strong>and</strong> brickwork. I love such things. . . . those scenes<br />
made me a painter <strong>and</strong> I am grateful. (John Constable, 1776–1837, from<br />
Leslie, Life of John Constable, 1843, ch. 5, letter to John Fisher, 13 Oct.<br />
1821.)<br />
A “clepsydra” is a water clock that measures time by the flow of water<br />
(from kleptein, to steal, <strong>and</strong> hudōr, water).<br />
Clue to riddle: it has something to do with water.<br />
But somewhere, beyond space <strong>and</strong> time,<br />
Is wetter water, slimier slime!<br />
(Rupert Brooke, 1887–1915, The Hill)<br />
From a drop of water a logician could infer the possibility of an Atlantic<br />
or a Niagara without having seen or heard of one or the other.<br />
Arthur Conan Doyle (1859–1930), Scottish author, physician<br />
Sherlock Holmes in "A Study in Scarlet," pt. 1, ch. 2, 1887.<br />
He’d be sharper than a serpent’s tooth, if he wasn’t as dull as ditch water.<br />
Charles Dickens (1812–1870), English novelist, dramatist Our<br />
Mutual Friend," Bk. III, Ch. 10<br />
Week 15<br />
Reflections<br />
Mon.<br />
Monday Music: Neil Young, “Down By the River.”<br />
Wise, continued.<br />
Hermann Hesse, Siddhartha (entire).<br />
Wed.<br />
Reflections on the origins of water.<br />
Quabbin Reservoir <strong>and</strong> the Connecticut River.<br />
Thomas Conuel, “Quabbin: The Lost Valley” <strong>and</strong><br />
James Tate, “Quabbin Reservoir” (booklet).<br />
1-page paper due: reflections.<br />
Final Exam: Presentations of final papers (5 pages), with food.<br />
Date:<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
120 Dutcher<br />
Time:<br />
Saturday: kayaking on the Swift River. Hurray!<br />
Irrigation of the l<strong>and</strong> with seawater desalinated by fusion power is ancient.<br />
It’s called ‘rain’.<br />
Michael McClary<br />
The best [man] is like water. Water is good; it benefits all things <strong>and</strong> does<br />
not compete with them. It dwells in [lowly] places that all disdain. This<br />
is why it is so near to Tao.<br />
Lao-tzu (604 BC–531 BC), The Way of Lao-tzu<br />
You could not step twice into the same river; for other waters are ever<br />
flowing on to you.<br />
Heraclitus (540 BC–480 BC), On the Universe<br />
My empty water dish mocks me.<br />
Bob the Dog<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Bibliography for <strong>Empires</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong> Workshop<br />
Workshop presenters <strong>and</strong> Lou Ratté<br />
Workshop Readings Suggested by Presenters<br />
George Saliba<br />
Professor Saliba’s web page: . Under “recent research” you will find “Whose <strong>Science</strong><br />
is Arabic <strong>Science</strong> in Renaissance Europe?”<br />
Saliba, George. Islamic <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> the Making of the European<br />
Renaissance. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2007.<br />
Benjamin Elman<br />
Professor Elman’s web page:<br />
You will find a<br />
link to E-Papers: .<br />
Elman, Benjamin. On Their Own Terms: <strong>Science</strong> in China, 1500–1900.<br />
Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 2005.<br />
Elman, Benjamin. A Cultural History of Modern <strong>Science</strong> in Late Imperial<br />
China. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 2006.<br />
Antonio Barrera<br />
Onésimo T. Almeida. "Portugal <strong>and</strong> the Dawn of Modern <strong>Science</strong>," in<br />
Portugal, The Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the<br />
Modern World 1300–ca. 1600, edited by George D. Winius.<br />
Madison: The Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, Ltd., 1995.<br />
David C. Goodman. Power <strong>and</strong> Penury: Government, Technology, <strong>and</strong><br />
<strong>Science</strong> in Philip II's Spain. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,<br />
1988.<br />
Ursula Lamb. "Cosmographers of Seville: Nautical <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> Social<br />
Experience," in First Images of America: The Impact of the New<br />
World on the Old, edited by Fredi Chiappelli, 675–686. Berkeley:<br />
University of California Press. 1976.<br />
Jorge Cañizares-Esguerra. Nature, empire, <strong>and</strong> nation : explorations of<br />
the history of science in the Iberian world. Stanford, CA.: Stanford<br />
University Press, 2006.<br />
Paula Susan De Vos. "The <strong>Science</strong> of Spices: Empiricism <strong>and</strong> Economic<br />
Botany in the Early Spanish Empire." Journal of World History 17,<br />
no. 4 (2006): 399–427.<br />
Daniela Bleichmar. "Books, Bodies, <strong>and</strong> Fields: Sixteenth-Century<br />
Transatlantic Encounters with New World Materia Medica," in<br />
Colonial botany : science, commerce, <strong>and</strong> politics in the early<br />
modern world, edited by Londa L. Schiebinger <strong>and</strong> Claudia Swan,<br />
83–99. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2004.<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
122 Lou Ratté<br />
Alison S<strong>and</strong>man. "Mirroring the World: Sea Charts, Navigations, <strong>and</strong><br />
Territorial Claims in Sixteenth-Century Spain," in Merchants &<br />
marvels : commerce, science, <strong>and</strong> art in early modern Europe, edited<br />
by Pamela H. Smith <strong>and</strong> Paula Findlen, 83–108. New York:<br />
Routledge, 2002.<br />
Susana Gómez López. "Natural Collections in the Spanish Renaissance,"<br />
in From private to public: natural collections <strong>and</strong> museums, edited by<br />
Marco Beretta. Sagamore Beach, MA: <strong>Science</strong> History<br />
Publications/USA, 2005.<br />
Marcy Norton. "Tasting Empire: Chocolate <strong>and</strong> the European<br />
Internalization of Mesoamerican Aesthetics." The American<br />
historical review 111, no. 3 (2006): 660–692.<br />
The special issue of Colonial Latin American Review 15, no. 1 (2006):<br />
55–79: articles on the Spanish Empire <strong>and</strong> science.<br />
Antonio Barrera-Osorio. Experiencing nature : the Spanish American<br />
empire <strong>and</strong> the early scientific revolution. 1st ed. Austin, TX:<br />
University of Texas Press, 2006.<br />
David Arnold<br />
David Arnold. The Tropics <strong>and</strong> the Traveling Gaze: India, L<strong>and</strong>scape,<br />
<strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong>, 1800–1856, Seattle, 2006, chapter 5: “Networks <strong>and</strong><br />
Knowledges.”<br />
Londa Schiebinger <strong>and</strong> Claudia Swan. 'Introduction', in Schiebinger <strong>and</strong><br />
Swan (eds), Colonial Botany: <strong>Science</strong>, Commerce, <strong>and</strong> Politics in the<br />
Early Modern World. Philaldelphia, 2005 (in fact, the essays in this<br />
book are worth looking at as well).<br />
Michel Foucault. The Order of Things: An Archaeology of the Human<br />
<strong>Science</strong>s, chapter 5 'Classifying’.<br />
Damon Salesa<br />
Darcy, Paul. The People of the Sea: Environment, Identity, <strong>and</strong> History in<br />
Oceania. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 2006.<br />
Diaz, Vicente. Sacred Vessels: Navigating Tradition <strong>and</strong> Identity<br />
inMicronesia. Honolulu: Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong>ers in Communication, 1999<br />
[Film].<br />
Hau'ofa, Epeli. "Our Sea of Isl<strong>and</strong>s." The Contemporary Pacific 6, no.1<br />
(1994): 147–61.<br />
Jolly, Margaret. "On the Edge? Deserts, Oceans, Isl<strong>and</strong>s." The<br />
Contemporary Pacific 13, no. 2 (2001): 417–66.<br />
Lewis, David. We, the Navigators; the Ancient Art of L<strong>and</strong>finding in the<br />
Pacific. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii, 1972.<br />
Salesa, T. Damon. ""Travel-Happy" Samoa: Colonialism, Samoan<br />
Migration <strong>and</strong> A "Brown Pacific"." New Zeal<strong>and</strong> Journal of History<br />
37, no. 2 (2003): 171–88.<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Bibliography 123<br />
Tamasese, TuiAtua Tupua. "The Riddle in Samoan History: The<br />
Relevance of Language, Names, Honorifics, Genealogy, Ritual <strong>and</strong><br />
Chant to Historical Analysis." Journal of Pacific History <strong>29</strong>, no. 1<br />
(1994): 65–79.<br />
Turnbull, David. "Comparing Knowledge Systems: Pacific Navigation<br />
<strong>and</strong> Western <strong>Science</strong>." In Ocean <strong>and</strong> Coastal Studies: <strong>Science</strong> of<br />
Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong> Peoples <strong>Volume</strong> I, edited by Linda Crowl, 1<strong>29</strong>–44.<br />
Suva: Institute of Pacific Studies, 1994.<br />
Nancy Jacobs<br />
Beinart, William. "Men, <strong>Science</strong>, Travel, <strong>and</strong> Nature in the Eighteenth <strong>and</strong><br />
Nineteenth-Century Cape." Journal of Southern African Studies 24<br />
(1998): 775–99.<br />
Camerini, Jane. "Wallace in the Field." Osiris 11 (1996): 44–65.<br />
Davis, Natalie Zemon. Women on the Margins. Cambridge,<br />
Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1995.<br />
Harries, Patrick. "Field <strong>Science</strong>s in Scientific Fields: Enthnology, Botany<br />
<strong>and</strong> the Early Ethnographic Monograph in the Work of H.-A. Junod."<br />
In <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> Society in Southern Africa, edited by Saul Dubow, 11–<br />
41. Manchester: University of Manchester Press, 2000.<br />
Jacobs, Nancy J. "The Intimate Politics of Ornithology in Colonial<br />
Africa." Comparative Studies in Society <strong>and</strong> History 48 (2006).<br />
Raffles, Hugh. "The Uses of Butterflies." American Ethnologist 28<br />
(2001): 513–48.<br />
Sanjek, Roger. "Anthropology's Hidden Colonialism: Assistants <strong>and</strong> Their<br />
Ethnographers." Anthropology Today 9 (1993): 13–18.<br />
Schumaker, Lyn. Africanizing Anthropology: Fieldwork, Networks, <strong>and</strong><br />
the Making of Cultural Knowledge in Central Africa. Durham: Duke<br />
University Press, 2001. Especially Chapter 7.<br />
Secord, Anne. "<strong>Science</strong> in the Pub: Artisan Botanists in Early Nineteenth-<br />
Century Lancashire." History of <strong>Science</strong> 32 (1994): 269–315.<br />
Shepherd, Nick. "'When the H<strong>and</strong> That Holds the Trowel Is Black. . .':<br />
Disciplinary Practices of Self-Representation <strong>and</strong> the Issue of 'Native<br />
Labour in Archaeology." Journal of Social Archaeology 3 (2003):<br />
334–52.<br />
Fa-Ti-Fan<br />
"<strong>Science</strong> in a Chinese Entrepôt: British Naturalists <strong>and</strong> their Chinese<br />
Associates in Old Canton," Osiris 18 (2003): 60–78.<br />
Fan, Fa-ti, British Naturalists in Qing China: <strong>Science</strong>, Empire, <strong>and</strong><br />
Cultural Encounter. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 2004. See<br />
especially chapter five.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
124 Lou Ratté<br />
Supplementary Readings<br />
Lou Ratté<br />
Introduction<br />
The workshop sets up the possibility for comparative study but to be able<br />
to carry out comparison effectively we have to know what we are<br />
comparing. Much of the reading begins with the assumption that the<br />
reader knows about the area (some rough chronology, familiarity with<br />
major events, major scholarly moves, etc.) <strong>and</strong> hence will see how the<br />
new material fits with what we already know. This will present a problem<br />
(which we cannot solve here) for readers who are not equally familiar<br />
with all the specialized areas the workshop covers.<br />
At the current stage of scholarship, it seems that the most effective<br />
way to introduce the new material on science is to make the effort for an<br />
area with which you are already most familiar. However, another equally<br />
good approach might be to concentrate on one of the subjects that easily<br />
crosses the different areas, <strong>and</strong> thus enables you to raise interesting<br />
comparative questions. Some of the books listed under “General Works”<br />
belong to the new discipline of <strong>Science</strong> Studies. This is a sophisticated<br />
literature but by means of it a reader can see what kinds of issues are<br />
being raised through which the underst<strong>and</strong>ing of science can be brought<br />
into our general underst<strong>and</strong>ing of society.<br />
General Works<br />
Biagioli, Mario, ed., The <strong>Science</strong> Studies Reader. New York: Routledge,<br />
1999.<br />
Biagioli, Mario, <strong>and</strong> Peter Galison, eds., Scientific Authorship: Credit <strong>and</strong><br />
Intellectual Property in <strong>Science</strong>. New York: Routledge, 2003.<br />
Foucault, Michel, The Order of Things: An Archaeology of the Human<br />
<strong>Science</strong>s. New York: Vintage Books, 1994. First published 1970.<br />
Golinski, Jan, Making Matural Knowledge: Constructivism <strong>and</strong> the<br />
History of <strong>Science</strong>. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, 2005.<br />
Grove, Richard, Green Imperialism: Colonial Expansion, Tropical Edens<br />
<strong>and</strong> the Origins of Environmentalism, 1600–1860. Cambridge:<br />
Cambridge University Press, 1995.<br />
Latour, Bruno, Politics of Nature: How to Bring the <strong>Science</strong>s into<br />
Democracy. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 2004.<br />
Latour, Bruno, We Have Never Been Modern. Cambridge: Harvard<br />
University Press, 1993.<br />
Sachs, Aaron, The Humboldt Current: Nineteenth-Century Exploration<br />
<strong>and</strong> the Roots of American Environmentalism. New York: Penguin<br />
Books, 2006.<br />
Shapin, Steven, The Scientific Revolution<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Bibliography 125<br />
Shapin, Steven, A Social History of Truth: Civility <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong> in<br />
Seventeenth-Century Engl<strong>and</strong>. Chicago: University of Chicago Press,<br />
1994.<br />
Collections<br />
Beretta, Marco, ed. From Private to Public: Natural Collections <strong>and</strong><br />
Museums. Sagamore Beach, MA.: Watson Publishing International,<br />
2005.<br />
Jardine, N., J.A. Secord <strong>and</strong> E.C. Spary, eds. Cultures of Natural History.<br />
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996)<br />
MacLeod, Roy, ed. Nature <strong>and</strong> Empire: <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> the Colonial<br />
Enterprise, Osiris: A Research Journal Devoted to the History of<br />
<strong>Science</strong> s<strong>and</strong> its Cultural Influences Second Series, <strong>Volume</strong> 15, 2000<br />
Nussbaum, Felicity A., ed. The Global Eighteenth Century. Baltimore:<br />
The Johns Hopkins Press, 2003.<br />
Schiebinger, Londa, <strong>and</strong> Claudia Swan, eds. Colonial Botany: <strong>Science</strong>,<br />
Commerce, <strong>and</strong> Politics in the Early Modern World. Philadelphia:<br />
University of Pennsylvania Press, 2005.<br />
Smith, Pamela H., <strong>and</strong> Paula Findlen, eds. Merchants & Marvels:<br />
Commerce, <strong>Science</strong>, <strong>and</strong> Art in Early Modern Europe. New York:<br />
Routledge, 2002.<br />
The British Empire<br />
Drayton, Richard. Nature’s Government: <strong>Science</strong>, Imperial Britain, <strong>and</strong><br />
the ‘Improvement’ of the World. New Haven: Yale University Press,<br />
2000.<br />
O’Brian, Patrick. Joseph Banks, a Life. Chicago: University of Chicago<br />
Press, 1987.<br />
The Dutch Empire<br />
Cook, Harold J. Matters of Exchange: Commerce, Medicine, <strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong><br />
in the Dutch Golden Age. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2007.<br />
India<br />
Arnold, David. The New Cambridge History of India: <strong>Science</strong>,<br />
Technology <strong>and</strong> Medicine in Colonial India. Cambridge: Cambridge<br />
University Press, 2000.<br />
Arnold, David. Colonizing the Body: State Medicine <strong>and</strong> Epidemic<br />
Disease in Nineteenth-Century India. Berkeley: University of<br />
California Press, 1993.<br />
Arnold, David. The Tropics <strong>and</strong> the Traveling Gaze: India, L<strong>and</strong>scape<br />
<strong>and</strong> <strong>Science</strong>, 1800–1856. Seattle: University of Washington Press,<br />
2006.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
126 Lou Ratté<br />
Raj, Kapil. Relocating Modern <strong>Science</strong>: Circulation <strong>and</strong> Construction of<br />
Knowledge in South Asia <strong>and</strong> Europe, 1650–1900. New York:<br />
Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.<br />
Journals<br />
British Journal of the History of <strong>Science</strong><br />
China Review<br />
Chinese <strong>Science</strong><br />
Colonial Latin American Review<br />
The Contemporary Pacific<br />
East Asian <strong>Science</strong>, Technology <strong>and</strong> Medicine<br />
History of <strong>Science</strong><br />
Isis<br />
Journal of the History of Biology<br />
Journal of Pacific History<br />
New Zeal<strong>and</strong> Journal of History<br />
Osiris<br />
<strong>Science</strong> as Culture<br />
Addendum: Introducing Pacific Studies<br />
Lou Ratté<br />
Introduction<br />
Everybody knows something about the Pacific, but if you haven’t had the<br />
opportunity to look at the historical scholarship on the Pacific you may be<br />
in the dark about how this large area of the world is currently studied. If<br />
that is the case, you will not be able to extend questions about the<br />
integration of science studies into the general curriculum in a meaningful<br />
way, since the way that seems most practicable for that effort is to extend<br />
the ways of knowing about a particular area already developed in<br />
scholarship to include new material on science. For instance, the new<br />
science materials that can be grouped as cultural studies approaches will<br />
slide gracefully into appropriate niches in Pacific Studies.<br />
First, this bibliography provides you with ways of approaching the<br />
historiographical issues in an orderly way. The first European historical<br />
writing about the Pacific focused on the explorations of Europeans. In the<br />
period after World War II, James Davidson, Australia National<br />
University, launched a movement, known as the Canberra School, whose<br />
members focused on history in the isl<strong>and</strong>s. Here the focus still tended to<br />
be on Europeans <strong>and</strong> on Europeans speaking for Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong>ers. Some<br />
attempts were made, in journals like The Journal of Pacific History, to<br />
develop ways of approaching the Pacific that would make up for the lack<br />
of written sources for use by historians. One such way was to explore the<br />
possibilities in the new oral history approach, launched by Jan Vansina for<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Bibliography 127<br />
the study of Africa. The move demonstrates the attempt by historians of<br />
the Pacific to make use of new scholarly techniques developed for the<br />
study of other areas, especially, as in Africa, where source problems are<br />
similar. With the launching of the Journal of the Contemporary Pacific<br />
historians of the Pacific integrated the multidisciplinary approaches to the<br />
study of colonial <strong>and</strong> postcolonial societies developed elsewhere into their<br />
own work. A strong focus in this journal has been on the issue of Pacific<br />
epistemologies.<br />
An underst<strong>and</strong>ing of contemporary historiographical issues opens up<br />
the way to explore the Pacific <strong>and</strong> its history by making use of<br />
multidisciplinary approaches that bring together history, ethnography<br />
(particularly rich for the Pacific), art history, visual studies, museum<br />
studies, literature, <strong>and</strong> performance studies. The study of the Pacific <strong>and</strong><br />
its peoples, explored by Europeans from the early 16 th century on <strong>and</strong><br />
colonized in the 19 th <strong>and</strong> 20 th centuries, shares some of the characteristics<br />
of other scholarship (<strong>and</strong> perhaps colonial practice as well). The Spanish<br />
<strong>and</strong> Portuguese exploration <strong>and</strong> colonization of the Pacific from the 16 th<br />
through the 18 th centuries remains largely unknown to readers of English.<br />
The two reasons given for this lack are: (1) that Spanish <strong>and</strong> Portuguese<br />
scholars have been slow in having their work translated; <strong>and</strong> (2) there are<br />
still remnants of the “Black Legend”, which effectively excised Iberian<br />
scholarship from the scholarship of Northern <strong>and</strong> Western Europe.<br />
Scholarship focusing on 19 th <strong>and</strong> 20 th century colonization reveals<br />
similarities to scholarship on Africa for the same period: race,<br />
exploitation, <strong>and</strong> the execution of the “civilizing mission” seem central to<br />
this scholarship. For these reasons, the interpretation of art objects, the<br />
methods of display in museums, <strong>and</strong> so on, are important sources for<br />
underst<strong>and</strong>ing the nature of contact as understood at the time of<br />
colonization. As scholarly interest moved from Europe, to the isl<strong>and</strong>s, to<br />
the ways in which Pacific people make sense out of their own lives, these<br />
earlier scholarly endeavors are useful for showing what people were up<br />
against. Use a cultural studies approach to get at what the people<br />
themselves make out of their lives, their past, <strong>and</strong> their expectations for<br />
the future.<br />
One will also find the issue of “difference” rearing its head in the<br />
study of the Pacific. Readers need to make an intelligent <strong>and</strong> informed<br />
decision about whether representations of difference are: (1) carry-overs<br />
from the racist scholarship of the 19 th <strong>and</strong> early 20 th centuries; (2) political<br />
assertions; (3) useful markers for dealing with the question of modernity;<br />
or other.<br />
[Editor’s note: What follows is a highly selective listing. Materials on the<br />
Pacific are coming out at such a fast pace that readers are better advised to<br />
search the offerings at the University of Hawaii Press, a major publisher<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
128 Lou Ratté<br />
of Pacific Studies materials, or on line at Pacific Studies centers in the<br />
Pacific, New Zeal<strong>and</strong>, <strong>and</strong> Australia.]<br />
Cultural Studies <strong>and</strong> Art History<br />
Books<br />
D’Alleva, Anne. Arts of the Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong>s. New York: Harry N. Abrams,<br />
Inc., 1998.<br />
Hereniko, Vilsoni, <strong>and</strong> Rob Wilson, eds. Inside Out: Literature, Cultural<br />
Politics, <strong>and</strong> Identity in the New Pacific. New York: Rowman &<br />
Littlefield Pub., 1999.<br />
Wilson, Rob, <strong>and</strong> Arif Dirlik, eds., Asia/Pacific as Space of Cultural<br />
Production. Durham: Duke University Space, 1995.<br />
Articles<br />
Allen, Ngapine, <strong>and</strong> Tim Barringer. “Maori vision <strong>and</strong> the imperialist<br />
gaze,” Tim Barringer <strong>and</strong> Tom Flynn, eds. Colonialism <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Object: Empire, Material Culture <strong>and</strong> the Museum. New York:<br />
Routledge, 1998: 144–152.<br />
Hooper-Greenhill, Eilean. “Perspectives on Hinemihi, a Maori Meeting<br />
House,” Tim Barringer <strong>and</strong> Tom Flynn, eds. Colonialism <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Object: Empire, Material Culture <strong>and</strong> the Museum. New York:<br />
Routledge, 1998: 1<strong>29</strong>–143.<br />
History <strong>and</strong> Historiography<br />
Books<br />
Hanlon, David, <strong>and</strong> Geoffrey M. White, eds. Voyaging Through the<br />
Contemporary Pacific. New York: Rowman & Littlefield Pub., 2000.<br />
Horne, Gerald. The White Pacific: U.S. Imperialism <strong>and</strong> Black Slavery in<br />
the South Seas after the Civil War. Honolulu: University of Hawaii<br />
Press, 2007.<br />
Kame’eliehiwa, Lilikala. Native L<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> Foreign Desires: Pehea La E<br />
Pono Ai? Honolulu: Bishop Museum Press, 2003.<br />
Meleisea, Malama, The Making of Modern Samoa: Traditional Authority<br />
<strong>and</strong> Colonial Administration in the Modern History of Western<br />
Samoa. Suva, Fiji: Institute of Pacific Studies of the University of the<br />
South Pacific, 1987.<br />
Munro, Doug, <strong>and</strong> Brij V. Lal, eds. Texts <strong>and</strong> Contexts: Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong>s<br />
Historiography. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 2006.<br />
Salmond, Anne. Between Worlds: Early Exchanges between Maori <strong>and</strong><br />
Europeans, 1773–1815. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1997.<br />
Articles<br />
Wildenthal, Lora. “Race, Gender, <strong>and</strong> Citizenship in the German Colonial<br />
Empire,” Frederick Cooper <strong>and</strong> Ann Laura Stoler, eds. Tensions of<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review
Empire: Colonial Cultures in a Bourgeois World. Berkeley:<br />
University of California Press, 1997.<br />
Bibliography 1<strong>29</strong><br />
Literature <strong>and</strong> the Arts<br />
Kjellgren, Eric. Oceania: Art of the Pacific Isl<strong>and</strong>s in the Metropolitan<br />
Museum of Art. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2007.<br />
Melville, Herman. Typee: A Peep at Polynesian Life; Omoo: A Narrative<br />
of Adventures in the South Seas; Mardi: <strong>and</strong> a Voyage Thither, New<br />
York: Library of America, 1982.<br />
Paradise Now? Contemporary Art from the Pacific, exhibition catalogue.<br />
New York: The Asia Society, 2004.<br />
Stewart, Frank, et al., eds. Varua Tupu: New Writing from French<br />
Polynesia. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 2006.<br />
Wendt, Albert, ed. Nuanua: pacific writing in English since 1980.<br />
Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1995.<br />
<strong>Science</strong> Related<br />
MacLeod, Roy, <strong>and</strong> Philip F. Rehbock, eds. Darwin’s Laboratory:<br />
Evolutionary Theory <strong>and</strong> Natural History in the Pacific. Honolulu:<br />
University of Hawaii Press, 1994.<br />
Meier, Ursula H. Hawaii’s Pioneer Botanist, Dr. William Hillebr<strong>and</strong>, His<br />
Life <strong>and</strong> Letters. Honolulu: Bishop Museum Press, 2005.<br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong>
EMPIRES AND SCIENCE<br />
<strong>Volume</strong> <strong>29</strong> <strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong><br />
Contributors<br />
David Arnold is Professor of Asian <strong>and</strong> Global History at<br />
Warwick University, Great Britain.<br />
Antonio Barrera is Associate Professor of History at Colgate<br />
University, New York.<br />
Lynn Dole is K-12 Director of Curriculum <strong>and</strong> Assessment at<br />
Mohawk Trail School District, Buckl<strong>and</strong>, MA.<br />
James Dutcher is Professor of English at Holyoke<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Holyoke, MA.<br />
Benjamin Elman is Professor of East Asian Studies at<br />
Princeton University, Princeton, NJ.<br />
Terri A. Hasseler is Professor of English <strong>and</strong> Cultural<br />
Studies at Bryant University, Smithfield, Rhode Isl<strong>and</strong>.<br />
Thoman Mazurek is Professor of History at Bucks County<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong>, PA.<br />
William Paquette is Professor of History at Tidewater<br />
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong>, VA.<br />
John Ratté is an Independent Scholar <strong>and</strong> Associate Director<br />
of the Hill Center for World Studies, Ashfield, MA.<br />
Lou Ratté is an Independent Scholar <strong>and</strong> Director of the Hill<br />
Center for World Studies, Ashfield, MA.<br />
Douglas Rosentrater is Professor of Communications at<br />
Bucks County <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong>, Newton, PA.<br />
Jayne Yantz is Professor of Art History at Burlington<br />
County <strong>College</strong>, Pemberton, NJ.<br />
Published in the <strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong> Humanities Review, Vol. <strong>29</strong><br />
<strong>Fall</strong> <strong>2009</strong><br />
130
<strong>Community</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />
Humanities Association<br />
c/o Essex County <strong>College</strong><br />
303 University Avenue<br />
Newark, NJ 07102<br />
NON-PROFIT<br />
U.S. POSTAGE<br />
PAID<br />
PERMIT NO. 515<br />
NEWARK, NJ